ITE

Intermec Terminal Emulator

User Guide

Intermec Technologies Corporation Worldwide Headquarters 6001 36th Ave.W. Everett, WA 98203 U.S.A. www.intermec.com The information contained herein is provided solely for the purpose of allowing customers to operate and service Intermec-manufactured equipment and is not to be released, reproduced, or used for any other purpose without written permission of Intermec Technologies Corporation. Information and specifications contained in this document are subject to change without prior notice and do not represent a commitment on the part of Intermec Technologies Corporation. 2008-2013 by Intermec Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved. The word Intermec, the Intermec logo, Norand, ArciTech, Beverage Routebook, CrossBar, dcBrowser, Duratherm, EasyADC, EasyCoder, EasySet, Fingerprint, INCA (under license), i-gistics, Intellitag, Intellitag Gen2, JANUS, LabelShop, MobileLAN, Picolink, Ready-to-Work, RoutePower, Sabre, ScanPlus, ShopScan, Smart Mobile Computing, SmartSystems, TE 2000, Trakker Antares, and Vista Powered are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Intermec Technologies Corporation. There are U.S. and foreign patents as well as U.S. and foreign patents pending.

ii

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Document Change Record

This page records changes to this document. The document was originally released as version -001.
Version Number 006

Date 6/2013

Description of Change Revised to support ITE release 1.40. Added additional protocol and SSH options. Added keypad diagrams for CK3R and CK3X. Deleted information for unsupported computers (CK32, CK60, CV30). Added new information on creating and using SIPs with CV41 running Windows Embedded Standard. Revised to support ITE release 1.35. Added new configuration procedures using Intermec Settings throughout the manual. Added keypad layouts for the CV41 and CV61 computers. Added support and configuration information for the CV41 and CV61 computers. Revised to support ITE release 1.30. Added new information on SSH settings and installing SSL certificates. Added descriptions of the redesigned Toolbar and associated icons. Added information on using Intermec Settings from within ITE. Revised to support ITE release 1.25. Added new information on using the 70 Series, CN50, and CS40 computers, new SSL configuration options in the te_settings.ini file, and a procedure for enabling the phone on the CN50 and CS40 computers while ITE is running. Revised to support ITE release 1.20. Added new information on UDP Plus support and configuring SSH and SSL options, and tutorials for Fingerprint and ESC/P printing.

005

5/2012

004

9/2011

003

1/2011

002

6/2010

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

iii

iv

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Contents

Contents
Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Global Services and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Web Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Telephone Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Send Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Who Should Read This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xii Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xii

1 Getting Started

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

About Intermec Terminal Emulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 About ITE Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Checking Licenses Out with SmartSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 About Intermec License Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Setting Up the Computer and the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 About ITE and Network Protocols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Installing ITE on Your Intermec Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Launching ITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Closing ITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Communicating Through Your WWAN Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Enabling the Phone On The CN50 and CS40 Mobile Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 About ITE Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 About Annunciators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 About Alert Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 3270 Alert Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 5250 Alert Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 VT/ANSI Alert Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Changing Alert Sounds and Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 About 3270 Emulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 3278 SNA Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 AID-Generating Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 About 5250 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Special Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Additional Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Contents

About VT/ANSI Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Main Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 VT/ANSI Editing Keypad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 VT/ANSI Auxiliary Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 VT/ANSI Top-Row Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Transmission Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Local Edit Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Printing and Serial Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

2 Configuring and Managing ITE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Managing ITE With SmartSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Configuring ITE With Intermec Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Starting Intermec Settings Remotely With SmartSystems Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Configuring Options for Each Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Configuring a TCP/IP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Configuring ITE for SSL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Installing Certificate Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Configuring ITE for SSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Using a Configuration File for SSH Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Locking Down SSH Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 SSH Server Application Programming Hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 About Session Persistence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 About the Telnet Gateway Appliance (TGAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 About the KeyAlive Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Configuring Bar Code Scanning Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Configuring Bar Code Symbology Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Additional Decode Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Setting Bar Code Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 About EAN/UPC Drop Leading and Drop Trailing Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Configuring Protocol Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 About 5250 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 About 3270 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 About VT/ANSI Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 About the Answerback Character String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 About UTF-8 Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 About RS232 Setup Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Selecting ITE Fonts and Screen Behaviors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 About Code Page Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Configuring ITE Screen Sizes and Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 About Screen Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Moving the ITE Viewport by Dragging Across the Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Moving the Cursor Location by Tapping the Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 About the Focus via Touch Panel Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Selecting a Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Configuring for UDP Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Using the Out of Range Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

vi

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Contents

Configuring Scan Control Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Configuring Access to ITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 About the No Lockdown Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Enabling the Configuration Menu Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Enabling License Check-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Configuring the ITE Toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Selecting Items for the Menu Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 About Lockdown Mode and Accessing the Windows Start Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Enabling the ITE Exit Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Using Voice over IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Using ITE with HipVoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Using ITE with iTalkie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 About VoIP Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Using the SnapShot Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Configuring SnapShot Image Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Configuring SnapShot Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Enabling a Trusted Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Setting the COM Port (CV41 and CV61 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Connecting to an RFID Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

3 Customizing Your Configuration

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Customizing Intermec Terminal Emulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Using the Auto-Login Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Developing Auto-Login Script Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Commands for Auto-Login Script Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 InputHidden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 HostName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 WaitFor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Pause xxxxx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 PromptSessionStart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Restart x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 KeyBoard 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 KeyBoard 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 # (pound symbol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Using Auto-Login Search Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Using Control Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Loading the Auto-Login Script File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Disabling the Auto-Login Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Sample Auto-Login Script Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Restarting the Auto-Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

vii

Contents

Creating a Custom Parameter File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Upgrading from Config.dat Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 TE_Settings.ini Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 TE_Settings.ini Parameter Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 TE_Settings.ini Parameters and Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Setup Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Server-Specific Options and Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Bar Code Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Bar Code Symbology Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Generic Bar Code Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 UPC Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 EAN Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Code 39 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Code 11, Interleaved 2 of 5, and Plessey Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Code 128 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Generic Protocol Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 3270 Protocol Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 5250 Protocol Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 VT/ANSI Protocol Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Miscellaneous Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 LCD Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Non-Session-Specific Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 UDP Plus Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Camera and Imager Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Additional Main Menu 2 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Toolbar Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Debug Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Changing Text in Menus, Messages, and Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Preinitializing the ITE Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preinitializing the 3270 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preinitializing the 5250 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preinitializing the VT/ANSI Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remapping the Computer Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remapping a Key or Two-Key Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Remapping Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nesting Macros. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remapping Keys for Each Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Code Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3270 Key Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5250 Key Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT/ANSI Key Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . String Code Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remapping Displayed Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 117 118 118 118 119 120 120 121 121 123 124 124 125 126

Implementing ITCColor.dat Attribute Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Sample Color File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

viii

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Contents

Customizing 5250 EBCDIC to ASCII Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating the Custom EBCDIC_ASCII Translation Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying EBCDIC Non-English Code Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Custom Translation Tables for Code Page 1250 and 1252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Translation Tables for Code Page 1250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Translation Tables for Code Page 1252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASCII to EBCDIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EBCDIC to ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

130 130 131 132 134 137 144 145

A Bar Code Scanning

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 148 148 148 149 149 149 150 153 153 153 154 154 154 155 155

Scanning Bar Codes While Using ITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Paging Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tab Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-Login Restart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3278 SNA Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AID-Generating or Top-Row Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbols - 3270, 5250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field Exit Key - 5250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal Keys - 5250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Control Keys - 5250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Host Key - 5250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5250 Additional Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Function Keys - VT/ANSI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Keys - VT/220/320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preamble and Postamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Encoded Code 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminating Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Escape Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Auto Tab Scan and Auto Enter Scan (3270) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 159 160 160

B Using the Computer Keypad

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

About ITE and Computer Keypads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 About the Soft Input Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the SIP Key Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Custom SIPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3270 Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5250 Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT/ANSI Keypads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About the SIP Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 163 163 164 165 166 167

Using the CK3 Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Using the CK70 Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Using the CK71 Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

ix

Contents

Using the CN3, CN3e, CN4, and CN4e Keypads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Using the CN50 and CS40 Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Using the CN70 and CN70e Keypads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Using the CV41 Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Using SIPs on the CV41 (Windows Embedded Standard) and CV61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customizing the SIPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Size and Alignment of the CV41 or CV61 SIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Macros for SIPs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CV41 and CV61 SIPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 191 192 193 196

I Index

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Before You Begin

Before You Begin

This section provides you with safety information, technical support information, and sources for additional product information.

Safety Information
Read and follow cautions in this document before handling and operating Intermec equipment. Your equipment and data can be damaged if you do not follow the cautions. This section explains how to identify and understand cautions and notes in this document. A caution alerts you to an operating procedure, practice, condition, or statement that must be strictly observed to prevent equipment damage or destruction, or corruption or loss of data. Note: Notes either provide extra information about a topic or contain special instructions for handling a particular condition or set of circumstances.

Global Services and Support

Warranty Information
To understand the warranty for your Intermec product, visit the Intermec website at www.intermec.com and click Support > Returns and Repairs > Warranty. Disclaimer of warranties: The sample code included in this document is presented for reference only. The code does not necessarily represent complete, tested programs. The code is provided as is with all faults. All warranties are expressly disclaimed, including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

Web Support
Visit the Intermec technical knowledge base (Knowledge Central) at intermec.custhelp.com to review technical information or to request technical support for your Intermec product.

Telephone Support
In the U.S.A. and Canada, call 1-800-755-5505. Outside the U.S.A. and Canada, contact your local Intermec representative. To search for your local representative, from the Intermec website, click About Us > Contact Us.

Send Feedback
Your feedback is crucial to the continual improvement of our documentation. To provide feedback about this manual, please contact the Intermec Technical Communications department directly at [email protected].

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

xi

Before You Begin

Who Should Read This Manual

This document is written for the person who is responsible for installing, configuring, and maintaining the Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) application. This document provides you with information about ITE features, and how to install, configure, operate, maintain, and troubleshoot the application. Before you work with ITE, you should be familiar with your network and general networking terms, such as IP address, and with your terminal emulation system.

Related Documents
This User Guide is intended to be used with the Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) Programmers Reference Manual. The Programmers Reference Manual includes complete information on all terminal emulation commands supported by ITE. You should also have a copy of the user manual for your Intermec computer: 70 Series Mobile Computer User Manual CK3 Mobile Computer Users Manual CK3R and CK3X Mobile Computer User Manual CN3 Series Mobile Computer for Windows Mobile 5.0 Users Manual CN3 Series Mobile Computer for Windows Mobile 6.1 Users Manual CN4 Series Mobile Computer Users Manual CN50 Mobile Computer Users Manual CS40 Mobile Computer Users Manual CV41 Vehicle Mount Computer (Windows CE) User Guide CV41 Vehicle Mount Computer (Windows Embedded Standard) User Guide CV61 Vehicle Mount Computer User Manual (Windows 7) CV61 Vehicle Mount Computer User Manual (Windows XP)

The Intermec website at www.intermec.com contains our documents (as PDF files) that you can download for free. To download documents 1 Go to www.intermec.com and click Support > Manuals. 2 Use the Product Category, Product Family, and Product menus to help you find the documentation you want to download.

xii

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

1
Getting Started
This chapter introduces the Intermec Terminal Emulator application and includes these sections: About Intermec Terminal Emulator Setting Up the Computer and the Network Installing ITE on Your Intermec Computer Launching ITE Communicating Through Your WWAN Connection About ITE Applications

Chapter 1 Getting Started

About Intermec Terminal Emulator

The Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) application emulates 3270, 5250, and VT/ANSI terminals on your Intermec computer. These computers support ITE: CK3 Mobile Computer with Windows Mobile 6.1 CK3R and CK3X Mobile Computers with Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5 Note: Throughout this manual, CK3 also refers to the CK3R and CK3X computers unless otherwise noted. CK70 and CK71 Mobile Computers with Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3 CN3 Mobile Computer with Windows Mobile 5.0 or Windows Mobile 6.1 CN4 Mobile Computer with Windows Mobile 6.1 CN50 Mobile Computer with Windows Mobile 6.1 or Windows Mobile 6.5 CN70 Mobile Computer with Windows Embedded Handheld 6.5.3 CS40 Mobile Computer with Windows Mobile 6.5 CV41 Vehicle Mount Computer with Windows CE 6.0 or Windows Embedded Standard CV61 Vehicle Mount Computer with Windows XP or Windows 7

For all supported Intermec computers, the ITE program name is IntermTE. ITE supports double-byte fonts if your computer operating system uses them. For more information on operating systems that support double-byte fonts, contact your Intermec representative.

About ITE Licensing

Using ITE requires a license. If ITE was preinstalled on your Intermec computer, you do not need to purchase a license until you upgrade ITE. If ITE was not preinstalled on the computer, you need to purchase an application license to use ITE. After you install or upgrade ITE, the application runs in demo mode for 60 days, or until you purchase a license. During the 60-day demo period, a demo mode message box appears when you launch ITE. After 60 days, the message box appears after every 100 keystrokes. Press Enter to close the message. If you installed ITE on the computer, you need to purchase an application license. If you upgraded the installed version, you need to purchase a maintenance license.

For information on purchasing and installing licenses, contact your Intermec representative.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

Checking Licenses Out with SmartSystems

When you use SmartSystems Foundation to manage your Intermec computers, by default ITE checks licenses out from the server when the application is launched, and checks licenses back in when the application is closed. For more information, see Enabling License Check-Out on page 66. You need to add purchased licenses to the SmartSystems license server before the licenses can be checked out. Some computers may not be able to check out a license for ITE if the number of computers that can run ITE exceeds the number of available licenses.

About Intermec License Manager

If you are not using SmartSystems to manage your computers, you can use Intermec License Manager (ILM) to download and distribute your ITE licenses. To download Intermec License Manager 1 Go to www.intermec.com and select Support > Downloads. 2 In the Product Category list, select Computers. 3 In the Product Family list, select Fixed/Vehicle Computers (for CV41 and CV61) or Handheld Computers (for all other supported computers). 4 In the Product list, select your Intermec computer, and then click Submit. The Downloads page for your Intermec computer appears. 5 In the Console/Server Software section, click Intermec License Manager ever. 1.xx.xx.xxxx and follow the prompts to download the application. You must login to download software.

Setting Up the Computer and the Network

ITE can be ordered preinstalled on selected Intermec computers. For more information, contact your Intermec sales representative. If you need to install ITE on your computer, follow these steps to set up your computer and network before you install ITE. To set up your computer and network for ITE 1 For UDP Plus network connections, configure the Session Persistence Server (SPS) or other Intermec gateways. For more information, see About Session Persistence on page 34. For TCP/IP connections, configure a TGAP for session persistence. For more information, see About the Telnet Gateway Appliance (TGAP) on page 34. For more information, see the next section, About ITE and Network Protocols. 2 Configure the access point for your network.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

3 On your computer, use the Intermec Settings application to configure the computer to communicate with your RF network. For basic information on using Intermec Settings, see the computer user manual. For specific information on Intermec Settings parameters, see the Intermec Settings Command Reference Manual.

4 Verify that your computer is communicating correctly with the access point and Intermec application server (such as the SPS) or the host. For more information, see the computer user manual.

About ITE and Network Protocols

ITE applications use one of the following network protocol options. For network configuration options, refer to your computer user manual. Network Protocol Options
Protocol TCP/IP TGAP over TCP Description The computer running ITE communicates through access points directly connected to the host computer on an Ethernet or a token ring network. Allows a client session to persist on mobile computer clients. This functionality is provided by the Session Persistence Server (running as either as a service under the SmartSystems Foundation or as a standalone installation), and supported in VT/ANSI, 5250, and 3270 emulations. For additional information, see About the Telnet Gateway Appliance (TGAP) on page 34. The computer running ITE communicates with the host computer through the Session Persistence Server and an access point. The SPS provides this functionality as a service under the SmartSystems Foundation.

UDP Plus

Installing ITE on Your Intermec Computer

If you use SmartSystems to manage your Intermec computer, you only need to dragand-drop the bundle as usual to install ITE. For more information, see the SmartSystems Foundation documentation. If you do not use SmartSystems, follow the next procedure to download the bundle and extract the necessary application files for your Intermec computer. To install ITE without using SmartSystems (except CV41 running Windows Embedded Standard and CV61) 1 Go to www.intermec.com and select Products > Software and Tools > Terminal Emulators/Browsers > Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE). 2 In the Intermec Terminal Emulator page, click the Downloads tab. 3 In the Applications list, select the ITE bundle for your computer, and follow the prompts to download the bundle to your PC.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

4 On your PC, double-click the bundle and follow the prompts to extract the files. By default, the files are extracted to C:\Program Files\Intermec\SmartSystem\ SS_Lib\Software\ITE_ARMV4i_<ITE version>. Select the install file for your computer:
For This Computer: 70 Series: CN70, CK70, CK71 CV41(Windows CE) All other compatible computers: CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50 Use This ITE File: ITE_WM_VGA_WVGA.cab ITE_CV41_CE60_x86.cab ITE_OTHER_WM_ARMV4I.cab

5 Open an ActiveSync connection to the computer and copy the .cab file to the computer: For all computers except the CV41, copy the .cab file to the \cabfiles directory. For the CV41, copy the.cab file to the \system\intermec directory.

Or, copy the files to a storage card (4 MB space required) and install the card in the computer. 6 Warm boot the computer. ITE is installed automatically. You can also browse to the .cab file and double-tap the file. Follow the prompts to install the ITE components. To install ITE on the CV41 (Windows Embedded Standard only) or CV61 without using SmartSystems 1 Go to www.intermec.com and select Products > Software and Tools > Terminal Emulators/Browsers > Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE). 2 In the Intermec Terminal Emulator page, click the Downloads tab. 3 In the Applications list, select the ITE bundle for the CV41 (WES only) or CV61, and follow the prompts to download the bundle to your PC 4 On your PC, double-click the bundle and follow the prompts to extract the files. By default, the files are extracted to C:\Program Files\Intermec\SmartSystem\ SS_Lib\Software\ITE_ARMV4i_<ITE version>. 5 Copy ITEXP7Setup.exe to the computer. You can copy the .exe to a USB drive or connect to the computer through your network. 6 On the computer, run the .exe to install ITE. 7 Warm boot the computer to complete the installation.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

Launching ITE
By default, ITE auto-starts after reboot on all computers except the CV41 and CV61. If ITE does not auto-start when the computer is booted, you can start ITE manually. To start ITE manually For Windows Mobile platforms, tap Start > Programs > ITE. For Windows CE platforms, double-tap the ITE desktop icon.

To prevent ITE from auto-starting, you can enable the No Auto-Start setting for ITE using Intermec Settings on the computer. For more information on using Intermec Settings, see Configuring ITE With Intermec Settings on page 21. Note: To auto-start ITE on the CV41 and CV61, change NO Auto-Start in Intermec Settings and save the changes. ITE auto-starts on all subsequent restarts. After ITE initializes, the main screen appears. Depending on whether or not the onscreen Soft Input Panel (SIP) is enabled, you see one of these screens:

ITE Main Screen Without SIP

ITE Main Screen With SIP

The ITE version is shown just below the program name. You may need to know the ITE version if you are upgrading or if you need to contact Product Support. The section along the bottom of the screen is the Toolbar, which includes useful information and several buttons you use while running ITE. The Toolbar appears at the bottom of the screen whether the SIP is enabled or not. You can configure the toolbar contents as necessary. For help, see Configuring the ITE Toolbar on page 67.
Term IP: 10.200.27.69
ITE Toolbar

8:56 AM

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

Note: By default, ITE screens show white text on a black background. For better readability, all ITE screens shown in this manual show black text on a white background. The content and options in each screen depend on the installed hardware options in your computer.

Closing ITE
When ITE is running, there are two ways to close the application and return to the Windows desktop on the computer: You can tap the Exit button in the toolbar. By default, the toolbar does not include the Exit button (except for CV41). For information on adding the Exit button to the toolbar, see Configuring the ITE Toolbar on page 67. You can use commands in the ITE Main Menu. For help, see the next procedure. 1 In the ITE main screen: Or, In the ITE toolbar, tap the Menu Settings button and choose ITE Menus from the list. The Main Menu appears. Double-tap the upper right corner. The Main Menu appears.

To close ITE from the Main Menu

2 In the ITE Main Menu, tap Set-up Parms or press 1. The Enter Password field appears. 3 Enter the password (default is cr52401) and press Enter. The Set-up Parms menu appears. Note: By default, ITE uses the same password for exiting the application as it does for access to the configuration menus. To change the exit password, see Enabling the ITE Exit Password on page 73. 4 Tap Exit ITE or press 6. The Exit ITE screen appears. 5 Press Y to close ITE.

Communicating Through Your WWAN Connection

If your Intermec computer includes a cell phone, ITE can attempt to connect to your network through the WWAN connection if the application cannot find the network server IP address. You need to configure the GPRS connection on the computer to enable this feature. When ITE is connected via the WWAN connection, the Signal Indicator in the Toolbar shows phone signal strength instead of radio signal strength. If ITE cannot connect via the WWAN connection, a Cannot Connect error message appears. Tap Dismiss to clear the message, or tap Settings to configure your connection. For more information, see the computer user manual.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

Enabling the Phone On The CN50 and CS40 Mobile Computers

By default, when ITE is running, the cell phone on the CN50 and CS40 Mobile Computers is disabled. There are three ways to change this setting: On the computer, open Intermec Settings and check the Allow Phone Operations check box. The phone becomes available the next time you warm boot the computer. Change the allow_phone_operation parameter in the te_settings.ini file. The phone becomes available the next time you warm boot the computer. Use the SmartSystems Foundation console to open Intermec Settings remotely, and check the Allow Phone Operations check box. If ITE is running, a message appears on the computer prompting you to warm boot before you can use the phone. If you disable the phone through the console, no message appears and you do not need to warm boot the computer. For more information, see Starting Intermec Settings Remotely With SmartSystems Foundation on page 22.

For more information, see the computer user manual.

About ITE Applications

These sections describe how to use the Intermec Terminal Emulator application for your particular computer. For the ITE 3270 application, ITE emulates an IBM-3278-2 computer. When color is enabled, ITE emulates an IBM 3279-3 computer. For the ITE 5250 application, ITE emulates the following: IBM-5291-1 computer IBM-5555-B01 and IBM-5555-C01 computers (If a double-byte CAB file is installed, a localized operating system is running for a double-byte country, or depending on the Use Color setting). IBM-5292-02 computer (If the 5250 color option is enabled). IBM-3477-FG and IBM-3477-FC computers (If 132 column mode is selected, depending on the Use Color setting).

For the ITE VT/ANSI application, ITE emulates VT100, VT220, VT320, VT340, or ANSI terminals.

About Annunciators
The computer display reserves a location for annunciators (icons) that monitor RF and network communications or alert you to a condition that requires action. Note: Although the ITE screen covers computer operating system icons such as battery charge status, you can customize the ITE Toolbar to include many of these system icons so they are visible when ITE is running. For help, see Configuring the ITE Toolbar on page 67.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

3270 Annunciators
Icon Name Input inhibit Icon Position Description Session number of the ITE application. Keyboard has accepted enough information for the defined input field. The key-ahead feature stores keystrokes after the input inhibited annunciator appears. These are saved for the next field. This overrides Insert Mode if both are active. Keyboard inserts characters instead of overwriting them. 2

Session number 1, 2, 3, 4 1

X ^
Icon

Insert mode

5250 Annunciators
Icon Name Message waiting Input inhibit Position 1 Description Host has a message waiting for the operator. This overrides Session Number if both are active. Session number of the ITE application. The keyboard has accepted enough information for the defined input field. The key-ahead feature stores keystrokes after the input inhibited annunciator appears. These are saved for the next field. This overrides Insert Mode if both are active. Keyboard inserts characters instead of overwriting them. If the start of header is set for right to left data input and a 5250 bidirectional Hebrew screen was received. If the data input mode when operating in Hebrew is set for right to left, then the cursor is set in a right-toleft mode.

M X ^ H <

Session number 1, 2, 3, 4 1 2

Insert mode Hebrew mode RTL mode

2 3 4

VT/ANSI Annunciators
Icon Name Input inhibit Icon Position 2 Description The session number of the ITE application. Keyboard action mode (KAM) was set. The computer ignores all keystrokes that send characters to the host. This state stays on until KAM is reset. This overrides Insert Mode if both are active. The computer is in Keypad mode. Computer is in Character mode, sending each character as pressed. The computer is in Line Edit (block) mode. When you press a terminating key, the computer sends a block of characters to the host. The computer is in Local Edit mode, which is a feature of the VT330/VT340 computer.

Session number 1, 2, 3, 4 1

K Character mode C Line Edit B (block) mode

Keypad mode Local Edit mode

2 2 2

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

About Alert Sounds

ITE can play an error tone or a bell tone as necessary. The default error sound is the critical.wav file. The default bell tone is the default.wav file. Both sound files are located in the \windows directory on the Intermec computer.

3270 Alert Sounds

In 3270 emulation, alerts occur if the operator tries to enter illegal data into a field (such as trying to enter alphabetic characters into a numeric-only field), or if an opcode error occurs in the data stream.

5250 Alert Sounds

In 5250 emulation, alerts occur when the host sends down a prefix with the alarm bit set, or if the user has beep on error enabled and an error occurs (such as trying to enter alphabetic characters into a numeric-only field).

VT/ANSI Alert Sounds

In VT/ANSI emulation, alerts occur when the host sends down a bell character (0x07).

Changing Alert Sounds and Volume

You can change these tones by replacing the.wav file on the Intermec computer with a sound file that produces a different tone on playback. The new file must have the same file name as the one you are replacing, and must be placed in the Windows directory. For more information on copying files to the computer, see the computer user manual. To change the volume of the alert sounds, you must add Volume Up and Volume Down buttons to the toolbar. For more information, see Configuring the ITE Toolbar on page 67.

About 3270 Emulation Mode

This section describes keypresses specific to 3270 emulation mode.

3278 SNA Keys

To enter an SNA Key, press the keys or scan the bar codes. For instructions and codes, see Appendix A, Bar Code Scanning. 3278 SNA Keys
Key Clr Del Description Erases the current unprotected field. Also sets the MDT bit and does a reverse tab. A beep means the field is protected and cannot be erased. Deletes the character over the cursor in the current unprotected field. Data to the right of the cursor shifts left one position. A beep indicates the character is in a protected field and cannot be erased. Transmits all modified data fields to the host.

Enter

10

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

3278 SNA Keys (continued)

Key EOF Description Erases all data from the position of the cursor to the end of the unprotected field. The cursor remains in the same location. A beep indicates that the field is protected. Sends the cursor to the unprotected field in the display buffer. The first unprotected field is determined by the Insert Cursor order. Toggles between insert and normal mode. In insert mode, characters are inserted instead of overwritten. Resets from an error condition. The TAB key will also perform the reset function while the terminal input is inhibited.

Home Insert Reset

AID-Generating Keys
An AID-generating key causes a data transmission to the host system, which alerts the host via an AID code that the current session requires some action. ITE emulates all of the AID-generating keys on a 3278 or 3279 Display Station. AID-Generating Keys
Key Clear Description This key clears the data buffer but leaves the keyboard unlocked. It sends the Clear AID key value to the host.

Programmable These keys send modified input fields and AID key values to the host. The function keys keys lock the keyboard until the host unlocks it. The function keys are used exclusively for 3270 AID key emulation. F1-F24 When you press a programmable function key or scan its bar code, you send the data on the screen to the host, and the function you specified is performed on this data. Each function is determined by the application you use with your system. See the applications user manual for details. Program Access PA1, PA2, and PA3 send the AID key value to the host but leave the (PA) keys 1-3 keyboard unlocked. When an operator presses a PA key, one of the AID codes (PA AID X6C, PA AID X6E, or PA AID X6B) is returned along with the current cursor address on the normal LU-LU (logical unit) flow. No data is returned to the AS/400 system with any PA key.

About 5250 Applications

This section describes several features of the ITE 5250 emulation mode.

Special Function Keys

This section describes the special function keys. To enter a special function key, press the keys listed in the chapter for the computer or scan the bar codes listed in Appendix A, Bar Code Scanning. For complete descriptions, refer to the appropriate IBM 5250 reference manual.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

11

Chapter 1 Getting Started

AID-Generating Keys
AID-generating keys generate AID codes that go in the display data stream to the host system. They alert the host system that the Intermec application server or controller requires some action. ITE emulates all of the AID-generating keys on a 5291 Display Station. AID-Generating Keys
Key Clear Description The system environment determines the results of this key. If the computer is in session, [CLEAR] issues the AID code hex BD, which requests the host system issue a Clear Unit command to the computer to clear the display. If not in session, [CLEAR] clears the entire display regeneration buffer. Enters information. User-defined command functions. Refer to your application's user manual for detail on the functions. Issues a hex F3 AID byte to the host system. Tells the controller that the operator wants to print the contents of the present display. Issues hex F6 to the host system.

Enter/Rec Adv F1-F24 Help (nonerror state) Print

Record Backspace (Home) When pressed with the cursor in the home position, a record backspace is requested. The AID code hex F8 and cursor address are sent to the host system. Roll Up and Roll Down Roll display up or down one page. Roll Up issues AID code hex F5. Roll Down issues AID code hex F4.

Roll Keys
Roll Up and Roll Down are AID keys the computer sends to the host to request and display additional screens. The host transmits a new screen in response to this command. The new screens allow you to view data either above or below what appears on the current screen. Roll Up and Roll Down should not be confused with the Roll command. 5250 computers support the Roll command (hex 23) received from a host application. Using this command, a host application can roll an area of the screen up or down. The direction of the roll and number of lines to roll are specified in the command. A Roll command moves the screen, but not the window/viewport. The screen scrolls through the window/viewport when you roll up or down, but the window/viewport remains stationary. The Roll keys cause the host to send down additional screens when you are at a Roll screen. A Roll screen typically has text in the lower right-hand corner of the screen to indicate there are additional screens to view. Paging keys (window/viewport page up, window/viewport page down, window/ viewport page right, window/viewport page left) move the viewport within one screen. They do not move the screen itself.

12

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

Cursor Keys
You can manually move the computer window/viewport by using the cursor keys and paging keys. For more information, see Appendix B, Using the Computer Keypad.

Field Exit Key

Field Exit exits an input field and moves the cursor to the beginning of the next input field. If you press this key while the cursor is between characters, all characters in the field to the right of the cursor are erased.

Signal Keys
Signal keys cause a Signal command to go from the controller to the host system. Signal Keys
Key Attention Description Press this key to alert the host system that the function request is not honored. Attention is valid when the keyboard is locked or unlocked. It does not change the keyboard state or the cursor location. Operator uses this key to request the host system send data about the error to the display.

Help (from error state)

Special Control Keys

Use special control keys to change operator-generated information in the display. These keys do not work when the keyboard is locked. Special Control Keys
Key Delete Erase Input Description Deletes the character in the position where the cursor was located. All remaining characters in the field shift to the left to fill the column. Clears all fields to nulls, and cursor moves to the first input position on screen. This command does not erase protected fields. If you press this key when the screen shows only protected fields, the cursor returns to the home position. Restores the original data on the error line of the display and resets the state. Enters hexadecimal codes from the keypad to generate EBCDIC characters needed for input or display. Moves the cursor to the position specified by the insert cursor (IC) address. Sets or turns off the insert mode for the input field the operator has the cursor in. The operator must reset the insert state before exiting it, by either pressing Reset or Insert again. Puts the keyboard into shift lock mode.

Error Reset Hex Home Insert

Shift Lock

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

13

Chapter 1 Getting Started

Special Host Key

The special 5250 host key is System Request. Special Host Key
Key System Request Description Data on the error line is saved, the error line is cleared, a column separator and underscore field attribute are supplied to column 1 of the error line, and the cursor is located under column 2 to begin polling keystrokes.

Additional Functions
This table lists additional operations you can perform on your computer. To enter an operation, press the keys listed in the chapter for the computer or scan the bar code listed in Appendix A, Bar Code Scanning. 5250 Additional Functions
Function (cent sign) (New Line) (Not symbol) Back Tab Description Enters a cent sign. Moves the cursor to the first unprotected character position of the first line in the screen. If the screen is a protected field, the cursor returns to the home position. Enters a Not symbol. Moves the cursor back to the most recent first field position. If in the middle of a field, it moves it to the first position of the same field. If the cursor is at the first position of a field, it moves it to the first position of the preceding input field.

Dup (duplicate Controller repeats hex 1C from the cursor position to the end of the enabled fields only) field (appears as an overstruck asterisk). FieldField+ Field Mark Advances cursor to the previous input field. For numeric fields, makes the input a negative number. Advances cursor to the next input field. For numeric fields, makes the input a positive number. This is valid within any unprotected entry input field in which the Dup or Field Mark key is allowed (FFW bit 3 set to on). The Field Mark character (X`1E) is displayed as an overscore on IBM 5251 Display Stations and as a space on all other supported workstations. If an operator presses the Field Mark key in an entry field that does not allow the Dup or Field Mark key, operator error 0019 is posted. The Field Mark code point is allowed in an outbound data stream. Moves the cursor to the first position in the next input field.

Forward Tab

System Messages
The computer screen reserves a line for status information. The status line can display system (non-local) information such as a message waiting from the host computer, help messages in response to the Help key, or the system request state of the computer.

14

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

About VT/ANSI Applications

This section describes several features of VT/ANSI mode.

Main Keypad
The VT/ANSI main keypad consists of standard keys and function keys. Standard keys generate letters, numbers, and symbols. Function keys generate special function codes. The following table describes the keys. VT/ANSI Main Keypad
Keys Control Delete Description Used with another key to send a control code. Operation depends on how the DEL to BS option is set in the TE configuration menus. The key either sends a delete (DEL, 7F hexadecimal) or a backspace (BS, 08 hexadecimal). Used with shift-lock, which sets/clears shift-lock. Sends either a CR character (0D hexadecimal) or a CR character (0D hexadecimal) and an LF character (0A hexadecimal), depending on the set or reset state of line feed or new line mode (LNM). Used with other standard keys to send uppercase characters. Sends an SP character (20 hexadecimal). Sends a horizontal tab (HT) character (09 hexadecimal). Not supported.

Lock Enter

Shift Space bar Tab Compose character

VT/ANSI Editing Keypad

The editing keypad has editing keys and cursor (arrow) keys.

Cursor Keys
You can use cursor keys and paging keys to manually move the computer window/viewport. For more information, see Appendix B, Using the Computer Keypad.

Editing Keys
Editing keys have functions assigned to them by the application software in use. See your application documentation for information about editing key functions. Editing keys are Find, Insert, Next Screen, Previous Screen, Remove, and Select. To enter an editing key Press the keys listed in the section for the computer or scan the bar codes listed in Appendix A, Bar Code Scanning.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

15

Chapter 1 Getting Started

VT/ANSI Auxiliary Keys

The VT/ANSI auxiliary keypad consists of numeric keys (which enter numeric data) and programmable function (PF) keys. The following chart describes VT/ANSI auxiliary keypad operations. VT/ANSI Auxiliary Keys
Key 0-9 - (hyphen) , (comma) . (period) Enter PF1-PF4 Description Enters numeric data. Enters a hyphen character. Enters a comma character. Enters a period character. Sends CR, CRLF, or SS# M, depending on the mode settings. The application software in use assign operations to these PF keys. See the applications software manual for programmed uses of these keys.

To enter an auxiliary key Press the keys while the computer is in Keypad mode, or scan the bar code in Appendix A, Bar Code Scanning.

VT/ANSI Top-Row Function Keys

VT220/320/340 computers support function keys [F1]to [F20]. Keys [F1] to [F4] are used for hold screen, print screen, set-up, data/talk, and break. For VT220/320/340, [F1] to [F4] are PF1 to PF4. VT/ANSI Top-Row Function Keys
Key F6-F20 Description User-defined keys (UDKs) that have operations assigned to them by the application software in use. Refer to your application's software manual for their uses.

Note: VT100 computers only support top-row function keys [F11] (Escape), [F12] (Backspace), and [F13] (Line feed). To enter a top-row function key Press the keys listed in the section for the computer or scan the appropriate bar code in Appendix A, Bar Code Scanning.

16

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 1 Getting Started

Transmission Mode
Use the transmission mode (labeled Mode on the overlay) to toggle between Line Edit (block) mode and Character mode. When Lock mode is disabled (default), pressing the Mode key toggles between Line Edit (block) mode and Character mode. Enable Lock mode to disable toggling. You can configure Lock mode with the configuration menus. For more information, see Configuring Protocol Options on page 42. For more information on transmission modes, see the Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) Programmers Reference Manual.

Local Edit Mode

If your application software program supports local editing, you can use the computer in Local Edit Mode, a feature of the VT330/ VT340 computer. For more information, see the Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) Programmers Reference Manual.

Printing and Serial Scanning

You can print data from a VT/ANSI host. To connect your computer to a printer, refer to the computer's user manual for instructions. To configure printing and serial scanning options, see About VT/ANSI Options on page 47. The next table defines the print modes you can use with the ITE VT/ANSI application. Print Modes
Print Mode Auto print Description Prints each line after the cursor leaves that line using a carriage return or when auto-advancing through fields. This mode can be turned on and off from a VT/ANSI host. Prints all data from a VT/ANSI host. Turn this mode on or off from the host as all host screens are printed without allowing the user to respond. You cannot log on or off while in this mode.

Printer controller

Print cursor line Prints the line that the cursor is on. This mode can only be turned on from a VT/ANSI host and turns off after the line prints. Print form feed After a screen is printed, the printer advances the printed screen out of the printer. This mode can be turned on and off from a VT/ANSI host.

To send commands from the host See the programming guide for your VT/ANSI host.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

17

Chapter 1 Getting Started

18

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

2
Configuring and Managing ITE
This chapter explains how to configure the Intermec Terminal Emulator application by choosing options, and includes these sections: Managing ITE With SmartSystems Configuring ITE With Intermec Settings Configuring for UDP Plus Using the Out of Range Monitor Configuring Scan Control Settings Configuring Access to ITE Using Voice over IP Using the SnapShot Feature Enabling a Trusted Application Setting the COM Port (CV41 and CV61 only) Connecting to an RFID Reader

19

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Managing ITE With SmartSystems

Intermec SmartSystems is a software platform that lets you manage all of your SmartSystems-enabled devices simultaneously from a central server. The SmartSystems console displays all SmartSystems-enabled computers and peripherals in your network.

Intermec SmartSystems Console

Through the console, you can: drag-and-drop ITE configuration bundles (as well as bundles for other applications), operating system updates, and firmware upgrades to multiple computers. save ITE configuration settings from a single computer to a te_settings.ini file and deploy the file to many computers simultaneously. remotely change ITE application settings and other device settings on SmartSystems-enabled computers. manage ITE license check-out and check-in for all computers running ITE.

With a Management license, SmartSystems can automatically push software, configuration settings, and other files to connected computers. SmartSystems can be downloaded at no charge from the Intermec website. For more information, visit www.intermec.com\SmartSystems. To purchase a Management license, contact your Intermec sales representative.

20

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring ITE With Intermec Settings

You can configure ITE for your work environment. For example, you can set the display font and screen size, or enable an RFID reader connected to the computer. You view and change ITE operating parameters by using the Intermec Settings application on the computer. Note: You can also customize parameters in the TE_Settings.ini setup file. For more information, see Chapter 3, Customizing Your Configuration. There are two ways to access Intermec Settings: Directly on the computer through the ITE Toolbar, or from the computer Start menu. Using Intermec Settings on the computer changes only the settings on that computer. Remotely via Intermec SmartSystems Foundation. When you use SmartSystems, you can remotely configure ITE settings on all your SmartSystems-enabled computers. For more information, see Starting Intermec Settings Remotely With SmartSystems Foundation on page 22. 1 In ITE: a Tap and select Intermec Settings. b In the Input Password dialog box, enter cr52401 and press Enter. Note: You can also access Intermec Settings from the computer desktop if you are not currently running ITE. For help, see the computer user manual. 2 In the Intermec Settings main menu, tap Applications > Intermec Terminal Emulation. The Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu appears. This example shows the ITE main menu on a CK71 Handheld Computer:

To configure ITE directly on the computer

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

21

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

From here, you can tap menu bars to see lists of configurable items and change settings. For more information on using Intermec Settings on the computer, see the computer user manual. Note: Certain parameters depend on the options available in your Intermec computer, or on the global values set in Intermec Settings.

Starting Intermec Settings Remotely With SmartSystems Foundation

For more information on SmartSystems, see Managing ITE With SmartSystems on page 20. To open Intermec Settings from the SmartSystems console 1 In the SmartSystems console, right-click a computer. 2 Select Intermec Settings. The Intermec Settings browser window appears. 3 In the browser, select Applications > Intermec Terminal Emulation.

For help with using Intermec Settings, in the browser click Help > Contents. For information on all parameters in Intermec Settings, see the Intermec Settings Command Reference Manual.

22

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring Options for Each Session

You can configure a set of options for each of the four sessions. For example, you can assign each session a customizable host name or friendly name, or designate a hot key to quickly switch between sessions. To configure options for each session 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears.

4 Tap an option to select it and change the settings as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the Session_1 list, or tap Cancel to return to the Session_1 list without saving any changes. For more information on these settings, see the next table. Session Options
Option Session Name Description Sets the customizable host name (or friendly name) for the session. Values CV41, CV61: String of up to 64 characters. All other computers: String of up to 16 characters.

Menu Password When set to On, user must enter a password On or Off. to access the ITE Main Menu. Default is Off. Change Menu Password Password Print Device String of 1 to 10 characters. Sets the password required to access the ITE Main Menu. Menu Password must be Default is 3193693. set to On before you can set this password. Entry field for the password. Sets a printer to use for the session. For more information, see Selecting a Printer on page 59. cr52401 RS232 IRDA Bluetooth Prt Network Prt Default: RS232 for CK71, CN70, CV41, CV61; Bluetooth for CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

23

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Session Options (continued)

Option Set Hot Key Description Values

Sets the hot key for this session. Press the F1 through F24. Default is None. hot key at any time to switch to this session from another session. When ITE cannot immediately send data to On or Off. the host, this feature enables ITE to store Default is On. keystrokes (after the Input Inhibited annunciator appears on the status line) and saves the keystrokes for the next input field. When enabled, press Shift and then press F1 through F12 to generate key values for F13 through F24. On or Off. Default is Off.

Type-Ahead

Shift F13-F24

Bar Code Parms Sets bar code scanning options. For more information, see Configuring Scan Control Settings on page 64. Display Opts Sets ITE screen fonts and screen behaviors, such as URL hot spots. For more information, see Selecting ITE Fonts and Screen Behaviors on page 51. Sets ITE screen sizes and colors. For more information, see Configuring ITE Screen Sizes and Colors on page 53.

LCD Parms

TCP/IP Options Sets network options for TCP/IP connections. For more information, see Configuring a TCP/IP Connection on page 25. UDP+ Options Sets options for UDP Plus connections to a server. For more information, see Configuring for UDP Plus on page 60. Sets options for 3270, 5250, or VT/ANSI protocols. For more information, see Configuring Protocol Options on page 42.

Protocol Opts

24

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring a TCP/IP Connection

You can configure different TCP/IP settings for each of up to three hosts. 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 In the Session menu you selected, tap TCP/IP Options > Host A, Host B, or Host C. The list of configuration items for that host appears.

Host A Configuration List: This example shows the Host A configuration items list as viewed on a CK71 computer.

4 Tap an item to select it and make changes. For information on the configuration items, see the next table. After you make changes, tap OK to save your changes, or tap Cancel to return to the list of configuration items for that host. TCP/IP Configuration Item Descriptions
Item Protocol Description Defines the security protocol to use for data communication. Values Telnet (Default) TGAP SSH SSL TGAP SSL None.

Host Port Number

IP address of the application server.

Selects the port number you want to use 0 to 65535. Default is 23. to make a connection to the host computer. Computer type for this host. 3270 5250 VT/ANSI (Default) For more information, see Configuring ITE for SSL on page 29. For more information, see Configuring ITE for SSH on page 31.

Emulation

SSL Options

Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) options for this host. Secure Shell (SSH) options for this host.

SSH Options

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

25

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

TCP/IP Configuration Item Descriptions (continued)

Item Use WWAN Description Determines whether ITE should try to connect to the network through the WWAN radio if it cannot connect through the 802.11 network. Values Disabled - ITE will not use WWAN. Exclusive - ITE only uses WWAN. Primary - ITE uses WWAN first, then tries 802.11. Secondary - ITE uses 802.11 first, then tries WWAN. Default is Disabled. 0 to 120. Default is 0.

KeyAlive Timer Sets the number of minutes allowed to pass before the keyalive keypress is sent back to the host to keep the current session open. For more information, see About the KeyAlive Function on page 34. KeyAlive Key Sets the key value sent back to the host when the keyalive timer goes off. For more information, see About the KeyAlive Function on page 34.

F1 through F24 Attention Help Clear Enter Field Exit Home Reset Roll Down Roll Up Print SysRequest Default is Disabled. 1 to 127. Default is 127. Default is USB.

Unit #

Unique value for this computer. Set this value when the host expects a power-up message containing the unit number.

Keyboard type Sets the language type for the keyboard. For more information and valid values, see the next section, About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options. Charset

Sets the graphic character set. For more 697 information and valid values, see the next section, About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options. Selects a display language for the code page. For more information and valid values, see the next section, About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options. 037

Code Page

Printer Address IP address of the network printer. You must select Network Print in the Print Device parameter. Printer Port

None.

0 to 65535. Port number ITE uses to communicate with the printer. You must select Network Default is 23. Print in the Print Device parameter.

26

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options

Note: This section only applies to 3270 or 5250 emulation.

The Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page options determine the language for the keyboard, the displayed character set, and page encoding for ITE. For best results, Intermec recommends the following combinations of these options: Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options by Language
Language or Country Albania Arabic X/Basic Austria/Germany Austria/Germany Multinational Belgium Multinational Brazilian Portuguese Bulgaria Canadian French Canadian French Multinational Cyrillic Czech Republic Denmark Estonia Finland/Sweden Finland/Sweden Multinational France (Azerty) France (Azerty) Multinational France (Qwerty) France (Qwerty) Multinational Keyboard Type ALI CLB AGB AGI BLI BRB BGB CAB CAI CYB CSB DMB ESB FNB FNI FAB FAI FQB FQI 697 697 697 697 1150 341 697 960 959 697 697 1307 697 697 697 697 697 697 1150 925 925 941 959 697 273 500 500 037 1025 260 500 880 870 277 500 1122 278 500 297 500 297 500 1025 875 875 424 870 871 288 297 288 297 285 278 281 277 277 260 Full CHRID Charset Code Page 697 500 235 265 420 273 Limited CHRID Charset Code Page

Denmark Multinational DMI

FYR (Former Yugoslav MKB Republic of Macedonia) Greece Greece Hebrew Hungary Iceland GKB GNB NCB NNB ICB

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

27

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options by Language (continued)

Language or Country Iceland Multinational International and U.S. ASCII International Multinational Iran (Farsi) Italy Italy Multinational Japan (English) Japan (English) Multinational Japan (Kanji) Japan (Katakana) Japan (Latin Extended) Japan (U.S. Basic) Korea Keyboard Type ICI INB INI IRB ITB ITI JEB JEI JKB KAB JPB JUB KOB Full CHRID Charset Code Page 697 697 697 1219 697 697 697 697 1172 332 1172 697 1173 959 1341 1305 1305 697 697 697 697 959 697 697 959 1150 1174 959 697 697 697 697 697 500 500 500 1097 280 500 281 500 290 290 1027 037 833 870 1132 1112 1112 037 500 277 500 870 037 500 870 1025 836 870 284 284 500 278 500 285 278 305 309 284 284 301 037 281 277 297 281 293 280 103 038 Limited CHRID Charset Code Page

Languages of the Former YGI Yugoslavia (Latin) Laos Latvia Lithuania Netherlands Netherlands Multinational Norway Norway Multinational Pakistan (Urdu) Poland Portugal Portugal Multinational Romania Russia Simplified Chinese Slovakia Spain Spanish Speaking Spanish Speaking Multinational Sweden Sweden Multinational LAB LVB LTB NEB NEI NWB NWI PKB PLB PRB PRI RMB RUB RCB SKB SPB SSB SSI SWB SWI

28

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options by Language (continued)

Language or Country Switzerland/France Multinational Switzerland/Germany Multinational Thailand (only with 2924) Traditional Chinese Turkey (Qwerty) Turkey (F) Ukraine United Kingdom United Kingdom Multinational United States and Canada United States and Canada Multinational Vietnam Keyboard Type SFI SGI THB TAB TKB TRB UAB UKB UKI USB USI VNB Full CHRID Charset Code Page 697 697 1176 101 1152 1152 1326 697 697 697 697 1336 500 500 838 037 1026 1026 1123 285 500 037 500 1130 101 037 313 285 Limited CHRID Charset Code Page

Configuring ITE for SSL

You can configure ITE for SSL security using any one of the following modes: SSL Encryption only. Server and client identities are not verified during the handshake. You need to disable the Server setting for Client Certificate Verification. Server Authentication only. The server identity is verified based on the server certificate, but the client identity is not verified. You need to disable the Server setting for Client Certificate Verification and provide a valid CA certificate. Client Authentication only. The client identity is verified based on the client certificate, but the server identity is not verified. You need to enable the Server setting for Client Certificate Verification. You also need to provide a client certificate and a private key. Server and Client Authentication. Both the server and client identities are verified. You need to enable the Server setting for Client Certificate Verification and provide a CA certificate, a client certificate, and a private key. PKCS 1 V2.1 as defined by RFC3447, Public-Key Cryptography Standards, for RSA data exchanges PKCS 2 V1.4 as defined by RFC2631, Diffie-Hellman Key Agreement Method PKCS 8 V1.2 as defined by RFC5208, Private-Key Information Syntax Standard

ITE supports the following SSL formats and RFCs:

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

29

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

To configure SSL 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 Tap TCP/IP Options. 4 Tap Host A, Host B, or Host C. 5 Tap SSL Options.

6 In the SSL Options list, select an option and enter certificate and key information as needed. After you make changes, tap OK to save your changes, or tap Cancel to return to the Host A configurable items list without saving any changes. For more information, see the next table. SSL Option Descriptions
Option SSL Certificates Description Defines the parameters for the SSL security protocol. Values None Server Cert Client Cert Server Cert and Client Cert Client Cert and Pvt Key Server Cert + Client Cert and Pvt Key

Server Cert

Path of the server CA certificate used for 0 to 260 characters. validation during the handshake process to verify the identity of the server. Path of the client certificate used for validation during the handshake process to verify the identity of the client as trusted by the server. Path to the Client Private Key used for encrypting data sent by the client. 0 to 260 characters.

ServerCertPassword Password for the P12 Server Certificate. Up to 50 characters. Client Cert

ClientCertPassword Password for the P12 Client Certificate. 0 to 50 characters. ClientPvtKey 0 to 260 characters.

ClientPkeyPassword Password for the P12 Client Private Key. 0 to 50 characters.

30

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Installing Certificate Files

For SSL connections, you must copy your certificate files to the \Program Files\Intermec\ITE\Certs directory on the computer. Note: For the CV41 running Windows CE, the installation path is \System\ITEData\Certs. For information on copying files, see the computer user manual. Note: For computers running Windows Mobile 6.x, Windows 7, and Windows XP, you can also use the Windows Certificate Store for server and client certificates. If you use the Windows Certificate Store, you do not need to select a client private key, as ITE uses the private key attached to the certificate. Certificate chaining is not supported and you can have only one certificate per file. For client certificates, you can keep one private key in the same file as the certificate if the format supports it. PEM, DER, and P12 formats are currently supported. Private keys in DER encoding use PKCS8 format.

Configuring ITE for SSH

1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 Tap TCP/IP Options. 4 Tap Host A, Host B, or Host C. 5 Tap SSH Options.

6 Enter the SSH information in the entry fields. After you make changes, tap OK to save your changes, or tap Cancel to return to the Host A configurable items list without saving any changes. For more information, see the next table.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

31

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

SSH Option Descriptions

Option SSH UserName SSH PassWord SSH Private Key Description Stored username you are prompted to enter when you choose to connect to Port 22 (SSH) instead of Port 23 (Telnet). Stored password you are prompted to enter when you choose to connect to Port 22 (SSH) instead of Port 23 (Telnet). Key file SSH uses for private key authentication. Specify the relative path from \Program Files \Intermec\ITE\SSH\, or prefix the absolute path with \. Passphrase required to access the SSH Private Key file. If blank, ITE assumes no passphrase was configured. When enabled, when ITE receives a line feed from the host, it is treated as a carriage return + line feed. This is required for proper formatting of some Linux connections, but must be disabled for correct display of some Windows-based server screens. Values 0 to 80 characters. Default is a null string. 0 to 80 characters. Default is a null string. 0 to 80 characters. Default is a null string. 0 to 80 characters. Default is a null string. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Enabled.

SSH Key Passphrase Receive LF as CRLF

Using a Configuration File for SSH Settings

The ITE implementation of the OpenSSH client provides for additional configuration options and settings. To configure these settings, use the Open SSH configuration file located in: \Program Files\Intermec\ITE\SSH (all computers except CV41 running Windows CE) \System\ITEdata\ssh (CV41 running Windows CE only)

If you use the configuration file, settings made in ITE (such as port number and host name) override the settings in the file. A complete description of Open SSH options and settings is beyond the scope of this manual. For more information on Open SSH client configuration options and settings, see http://www.manpagez.com/man/5/ssh_config/. Note: ITE supports public key authentication for Open SSH. This feature is configured from within ITE and not through the configuration file.

Locking Down SSH Applications

To prevent a user from getting to the command prompt, a telnet server can bring itself up during startup (as part of the standard services). Logging into the SSH server as a shell brings up the command prompt. On a Linux system, you can prevent this by creating a login script that executes your host application and then posts exit as its last command. Specifically, in the user account .pro file, append the following lines:
trap 2 ./ pgmName exit

32

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

SSH Server Application Programming Hints

Intermec SSH Client is compatible with most open source SSH servers. Because host implementations of SSH differ from installation to installation, ITE is not guaranteed compatible with all implementations. The following servers support ITE as determined in connectivity tests: SUSE 9.1 SUSE 10.1 Slackware 6.0.9 FreeBSD 7.1 CentOS v5.3 Tectia 6.4.2.132

ITE supports the SSH connection settings described in this table: Supported SSH Connection Settings
Setting Authentication Compression Algorithm Connection Protocol Encryption Algorithms Key Exchange Algorithms MACs Description Password or Public Key Authentication None Not implemented All supported by OpenSSH All supported by OpenSSH MD5 RIPEMD SHAL UMAC Version2

SSH Version

If you find incompatibilities between ITE SSH support and your host, contact Intermec Product Support and your Intermec sales representative to determine the best solution. The SSH server provides all the services to connect clients to the host and control the TCP/IP ports. All a SSH server application does is position the cursor and read standard input (stdin). You can use the following procedure if you have already built a TCP/IP server application. To convert a TCP/IP server application to an SSH server 1 Remove all multiprocessing/spawn code and all TCP/IP send() calls that echo the data. 2 Replace your TCP/IP recv() calls with the following: while((char ret = getc()) strncat(string, &ret, 1); 3 Replace all send calls that paint the screen with equivalent putc() or puts() calls. 4 Set PasswordAuthentication to Yes. 5 Set UsePAM to No.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

33

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

About Session Persistence

For all emulations, the Session Persistence Server (SPS) supports the Telnet Gateway Appliance (TGAP) Service and UDP Plus Services and provides: the ability to configure up to eight different TCP/IP hosts for connections to the various client terminals. support for up to 1024 clients. client session persistence. If an ITE client loses connectivity for any reason (roams out of range, was powered off, or loses battery power), the gateway can keep the clients session alive to its UDP+ or TCP/IP host.

SPS is transparent to both the ITE client and the host. It listens for connections from clients. When a client connects, the gateway establishes and maintains the connection to a host for the client. If the client loses connectivity, the gateway can hold the host connection open until the client can reconnect. For more information, see Managing ITE With SmartSystems on page 20.

About the Telnet Gateway Appliance (TGAP)

If you use the Session Persistence Server (SPS), you can enable the Telnet Gateway Appliance (TGAP) to ensure connection persistence in a roaming mobile environment. TGAP guarantees delivery of data frames to the computer or server even if the computer is out of range when the frames are sent. If TGAP is not enabled, the last data transaction may not be completed if the computer roams out of range. TGAP and the SPS support IBM 3270, 5250, and VT/ANSI data streams. When configuring ITE, set the following parameters for TGAP: Host Name: SPS server IP address where the TGAP Service is installed. Port Number: Port number of the host you want to connect to as configured in the Session Persistence Server. Emulation: The emulation type (VT/ANSI, 5250, or 3270). TGAP must be enabled.

About the KeyAlive Function

A terminal connection to an IBM host can be kept alive when user data is not being received by the host. Enabling the KeyAlive feature sends a keypress (usually a function key) to the host every so often as if it was pressed by the user. The KeyAlive function is disabled by default. Valid Timer values are between 0 and 120 minutes. A value of 0 disables both the Timer and the KeyAlive feature. The Timer value is saved in the te_settings.ini file. When the value of the Timer is changed, connected sessions are disconnected and then reconnected as soon as the menus are exited.

34

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring Bar Code Scanning Options

You can configure different sets of bar code scanning options for each of the four available ITE sessions. To configure bar code scanning options 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 Tap Bar Code Parms.

4 Tap an item to select it and make changes. For information on the configuration items, see the next table. After you make changes, tap OK to save your changes, or tap Cancel to return to the list of bar code configuration items for the session. Bar Code Parms Configuration Item Descriptions
Item MOD 10 Check Description When enabled, adds a check digit to the end of the bar code after a good read for transmission to the host. The host can then validate the transmitted data using the check. MOD 10 Check is not needed with modem transmission protocols. The bar code number is divided by 10, until the number (or modulus) is less than 10. If the modulus subtracted from 10 (remainder) is equal to zero, then the bar code number is valid. Values 70 Series: On or Off. CK3: Checked or Not Checked. Default is Off.

Concatenate

Default is Off. Adds each bar code read to the end of the previous bar code read until the computer meets a condition forcing transmission to the host. When disabled, each bar code read is placed at the beginning of the current input field. After a bar code is placed in any field, any subsequent read replaces the first read.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

35

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Bar Code Parms Configuration Item Descriptions (continued)

Item BC Type Char Description Values

When enabled, adds a character associated with Default is Off. the bar code type to the beginning of the scanned bar code. Default is Off. When enabled, scanned bar code data that is too big for the input field appears in the next field and continues until the entire bar code is entered. When disabled, if the bar code is too big for the input field, overflow information is dropped. When enabled, the scanner is enabled when the Default is Off. cursor is in an input field. When disabled, the host computer must enable the scanner for each input field that requires scanned data. Enables or disables Encoded Code 39, which combines key presses with normal bar code data. Default is Off.

Stream Scan

Scan All Flds

Encoded

Encoded Save

Default is Off. When disabled, scanning a bar code with the characters $, +, %, and / are ignored along with the following character if the following character is not in the table of encoded pairs. When enabled, this type of invalid encoded pairs will be included and passed along as if they were valid. Enables or disables Auto-Encoded Code 39, which combines key presses with normal bar code data. Default is Off.

Auto-Encoded

Scan Prechar

Sets a character to send preceding scanned data. Range is 00 to FF. A value of 20h means that pre-characters are Default is \x20. not sent. Range is 00 to FF. Sets a character to send after scanned data. A value of 20h means that post-characters are not Default is \x20. sent.

Scan Postchar

36

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Bar Code Parms Configuration Item Descriptions (continued)

Item Scan LengthErr Description When enabled, scanned data that will not fit into a 5250 field causes an error message to appear at the top left of the ITE display, and the computer emits three beeps. To dismiss the error, you can scan again, press a key or tap the display outside of the message window. Receiving more data from the host also dismisses the message. The field length versus scan data length check is made against the current field regardless of Scan All Flds, Stream Scan, Concatenate, Auto Tab Scan, and Scan AutoEnter settings. The scanner data length includes any pre- or postambles. This is only for scanner API data. Keyboard data and/or scan data that is wedged does not cause this error. If Encoded is enabled, causes scanner data to behave as key presses instead. Enabling AutoEncoded also causes scanner data to behave as key presses provided the scanner data contains any $', '+', '%' or '/' characters. Decode settings for CI 2 of 5 symbology. Decode settings for Codabar symbology. Decode settings for Code 11 symbology. Decode settings for Code 128 symbology. Decode settings for Code 39 symbology. Decode settings for Code 93 symbology. Decode settings for EAN symbology. Decode settings for Interleaved 2 of 5 symbology. Decode settings for Plessey symbology. Decode settings for Str 2 of 5 symbology. Decode settings for UPC symbology. Values

CI 2of5 Codabar Code 11 Code 128 Code 39 Code 93 EAN Int 2of5 Plessey Str 2of5 UPC

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

37

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring Bar Code Symbology Settings

In addition to global bar code scanning options, you can configure different decode settings for each of the bar code symbologies supported by ITE. You can change decode settings on a per-session basis. To configure bar code symbology settings 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 Tap Barcode Parms. 4 Tap the name of the symbology in the Barcode Parms list. This example shows the list of settings for Code 39:

For each symbology, you can configure settings as described in the next table. Bar Code Symbology Decode Settings
Setting Scanner Type Drop Leading, Drop Trailing Description Enables or disables decoding of the symbology. Value Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

0 to 15. Number of characters to drop from the front (leading) or rear (trailing) edge of the Default is 0. bar code. For more information on how this value affects EAN and UPC, see About EAN/ UPC Drop Leading and Drop Trailing Values on page 41. Sets the value for fixed length 1, 2, 3, or 4. 0 to 99. Fixed-length values override the maximum Default is 0. and minimum length entries. If fixed lengths are not necessary, enter a value of 0 (zero). Set the value for minimum or maximum 0 to 99. Default is 0. length of the bar code symbology. For more information, see Setting Bar Code Lengths on page 40.

Fix Length 1, Fix Length 2, Fix Length 3, Fix Length 4 Min Length, Max Length

38

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

There are additional settings for some symbologies. For more information, see the next section. 5 Change the settings as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the Barcode Parms list, or tap Cancel to return to the Barcode Parms list without saving any changes.

Additional Decode Settings

These additional decode settings are available for some symbologies. Additional Decode Settings
Symbology Setting Code 11 Chk Dig 1 Description Sets the check digit to 1 digit, positioned between the final data character and the stop character. Value Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

Code 128

UCC/EAN

Enables or disables UCC/EAN for Code Enabled or Disabled. 128. Default is Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. 0 to 255. Default is 0. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

No UCC Type Enables or disables No UCC Type for Code 128. UCC F1 Value Sets the value for UCC F1. Code 39 Chk Digit Enables or disables the optional check digit for a higher level of security. The check character is positioned between the final data character and the stop character.

Full ASCII EAN Add-on 2

Enables or disables Full ASCII Code 39. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. Enables or disables add-on 2, an add-on Enabled or Disabled. for EAN 13 often used on newspapers Default is Disabled. and magazines. Enables or disables EAN 5, an add-on for EAN 13 often used for the price of books together with the ISBN code. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

Add-on 5

Expand 8to13 Decompresses an EAN 8 symbol and transmits it as an EAN 13 symbol. Int 2of5 Chk Digit Enables or disables the optional check digit for a higher level of security. The check character is positioned between the final data character and the stop character.

Plessey

MOD10 Chk

After a good read, adds a check digit at Enabled or Disabled. the end of the bar code for transmission Default is Disabled. to the host, which validates the transmitted data using the check. Enables or disables add-on 2, an add-on Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. for UPC-A often used on newspapers and magazines. Enables or disables UPC 5, an add-on for UPC-A often used for the price of books together with the ISBN code. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

UPC

Add-on 2

Add-on 5

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

39

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Additional Decode Settings (continued)

Symbology Setting Sys 0 UPCE Sys 1 UPCE Description Enables or disables UPCE number system 0. Enables or disables UPCE number system 1. Value Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

Expand E to A Enables or disables Expand UPC E to UPC A.

Note: ITE processes EAN 8 and UPC E bar codes in the same manner. The type character for EAN 8 with Add-On 2 or Add-On 5 decodes as UPC E with Add-On 2 or Add-On 5 respectively. The bar code type character also indicates UPC E with Add-On 2 or Add-On 5. Consequently, the drop leading and trailing UPC options are then used when an EAN 8 with Add-On 2 or Add-On 5 is decoded. Note: The Encoded and Auto-Encoded features always delete invalid encoded pairs from the bar code data, including the preamble and postamble characters added under Intermec Settings Data Collection or Scan Prechar or Postchar. When a bar code is scanned while Encoded Save is disabled (default), the characters $ + % / are ignored, as well as the following character, if the following character is not in the table of encoded pairs. This is the standard behavior. If Encoded Save is enabled, however, such invalid pairs of encoded characters are included and passed on as if valid.

Setting Bar Code Lengths

You can specify the maximum and minimum length for specific bar code symbologies. Setting the length of bar codes helps the computer determine if a scanned bar code is valid and improves response time. The length options must be set for each enabled bar code. Fixed-length entries override the maximum and minimum length entries (minimum and maximum are used for chosen codes). If fixed lengths are not needed for the enabled bar code, enter zero (0). These rules apply to specific symbologies: Codabar, Str 2of5, Int 2of5, and CI 2of5 bar code symbologies set the length, if fixed-length 1 is non-zero, to three fixed-length entries equal to the first three fixed-lengths (fourth fixed-length is ignored). Otherwise, the length is set to greater than or equal to the minimum length. Code 39, Code 128, Code 93, and Plessey set the length to any length greater than or equal to the minimum length. UPC/EAN and Code 11 lengths are not used ANY is allowed. Codabar options do not decode less than two data characters (four characters including Start and Stop). If both CI 2of5 and Str 2of5 are enabled, CI 2of5 options override Str 2 of 5 options.

40

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

EAN Add-on settings override UPC add-on settings, if both UPC and EAN options are enabled. If Sys 1 UPCE or Sys 0 UPCE is selected, then both UPC E number system 0 and 1 are enabled. Code 11 does not support No check digits. Select either 1 check digit (Chk Dig 1) or 2 check digits (Chk Dig 2) according to your bar codes. If neither check digit option is selected, then 2 check digits are used by default.

About EAN/UPC Drop Leading and Drop Trailing Values

Drop Leading and Drop Trailing values for UPC and EAN symbologies alter the bar code type and length. The Drop Leading value is applied first. If this value changes the bar code length, then the displayable bar code type changes. The Drop Trailing value is applied based on the bar code type and new length. As the length changes due to dropped lead characters, the behavior of Drop Trailing changes based on the new bar code type and appearance. Drop Trailing for UPC and EAN bar codes is designed to drop from the main bar code, not from the add-ons. The next example demonstrates how Drop Leading and Drop Trailing values affect ITE bar code scanning: 1 Start with a UPC-E decode with Add-on 5. 2 As shown in the following Bar Code Type vs. Format table, Bar Code Type equals UPC E TYPE and length equals 13. 3 A Drop Lead of 3 makes the bar code length equal to 10. Now the bar code looks like UPC-E with add-on2, so any Drop Trail value drops characters to the left of the ending 2 add-on characters. Note: A Drop Lead and Drop Trail value of 1,1 is not recommended with UPC or EAN symbologies. After the Drop Lead of 1, the bar code type and length combination may not be recognized as a valid UPC or EAN format. If a bar code type and length translation results in an invalid combination, then the bar code type and length from before translation is retained. Drop Leading and Drop Trailing operations work together as follows: 1 Translate Bar Code Type into Displayable Bar Code Type. 2 Apply the Drop Leading value based on the translated Bar Code Type. 3 Re-translate Bar Code Type with new length into Displayable Bar Code Type. 4 Apply the Drop Trailing value before the add-on based on the Translated Bar Code Type Add-On characters. 5 Re-translate Bar Code Type with new length into Displayable Bar Code Type.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

41

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

6 Return translated Bar Code Type and bar code without the dropped characters and with the new length. Bar Code Type vs. Format
Bar Code Type UPC E EAN 8 UPC EAN UPC E EAN 8 UPC EAN UPC E EAN 8 UPC EAN Length 8 8 12 13 10 10 14 15 13 13 17 18 Displayable Bar Code Type 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; Bar Code Format EAN Short EAN Short UPC Long EAN Long UPC Short Add-On 2 EAN Short Add-On 2 UPC Long Add-On 2 EAN Long Add-On 2 UPC Short EAN Short Add-On 5 UPC Long Add-On 5 EAN Long Add-On 5

Raw Bar Code Type Values

Raw Bar Code Type UPC EAN TYPE UPC EAN UPC E EAN 8 Raw Value 0x10 (no add-ons) 0x11 (no add-ons) 0x12 (no add-ons) 0x13 (no add-ons) 0x14 (Add-On 2)

Configuring Protocol Options

You can select the emulation type and set protocol options for each of up to four different sessions. To configure protocol options 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears.

42

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

3 Tap Protocol Opts.

For information on protocol options, see the next table. Protocol Options
Option Description Value

On or Off. Extended Cmds Enable or disable extended commands. Default is Off. Extended commands allow the host computer to change or use RS-232 communications, set bar code options, change display screen and font size, configure a connected RFID reader, or set error tone features. For more information on extended commands, see the Intermec Terminal Emulation Programmers Reference Manual. Host View Cols Sets the number of columns after which the computer automatically inserts a <CR><LF>. This parameter allows you to design a screen on the host and have it wrap differently depending on the actual screen size of the computer running ITE. 3270: 1 to 80. 5250: 80 or 132. VT/ANSI: 80. Default for all emulations is 80.

Allow Naws

On or Off. Enable or disable NAWS (Negotiate About Window Size). When enabled, the Default is Off. terminal supports Telnet option 31 if prompted. When disabled, this option returns a wont do message. On or Off. Causes the computer to perform the Default is On. Enter function after a good scan. Auto Entr Scan cannot be enabled at the same time as Auto Tab Scan. Enables or disables Auto Tab Scan. When On or Off. Default is Off. enabled, this causes the cursor to automatically tab forward to the next input field after a good scan.

Auto Entr Scn

Auto Tab Scan

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

43

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Protocol Options (continued)

Option 3270, 5250, VT-ANSI Description Settings for each emulation type. For more information, see: About 3270 Options on page 46. About 5250 Options on page 44. About VT/ANSI Options on page 47. Value

4 Change the settings as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the Protocol Opts list, or tap Cancel to return to the Protocol Opts list without saving any changes.

About 5250 Options

This section describes configurable settings for 5250 emulation. 5250 Protocol Options
Option Description Value

5250 Allow Alias When enabled, if your current device name returns Enabled or Disabled. an error, then the computer appends a $ (dollar Default is Enabled. sign) to the end of its device name to initiate a session to the host. When disabled, the device name is resent to the host, which then sends a FIN packet to the computer, causing the computer to restart. This continues until the device name is no longer in use. Beep on Error Destructive BS Determines if the beeper beeps when there is an error. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

Enables or disables the destructive backspace key. Enabled or Disabled. When enabled, the backspace key removes (deletes) Default is Disabled. any previously keyed data characters. When disabled, the backspace key goes back one character, but does not delete that character. Physical name for a device. Allowable values Range is 1 to 30 include all uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters. characters, wildcards, pound symbols (#), dollar Default is none. signs ($), ampersands (@), and underscores ( _ ). The first character of Device Name must be a letter. Do not use a wildcard character. To create a unique device name for the computer, use the following wildcard characters to return computer specific information: %I1, %I2, %I3, %I4 return the 1st through 4th octets of the IP address. %M1, %M2, %M3, %M4, %M5, %M6 return the 1st through 6th parts of the MAC address. %S0, %S1, %S2, %S3, %S4, %S5, %S6, %S7, %S8, %S9, %SA return the 1st through 11th digits of the computer serial number.

Device Name

44

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

5250 Protocol Options (continued)

Option Enable HalfWidth Double Byte Chars Description Enabling this option displays thin double-byte characters using one character width instead of two, and displays wide double-byte characters using two character widths. This option is disabled by default. Value Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

Hide SISO Chars Enabling this option prevents ITE from showing a Enabled or Disabled. blank space when the application receives a Shift- Default is Disabled. In (SI) or Shift-Out (SO) character. When this is enabled, ITE continues to parse double-byte characters. Enabled or Disabled. Lock Error Msg Enabling this option causes a 5250 Write Error Default is Disabled. Code command error message to be visible by placing the cursor on the error message line. When Reset is pressed, the cursor is restored to where it would have been if this option was disabled (the location specified by a 5250 Insert Cursor command) and the cursor mode option then causes that area of the screen to be visible. Disabling this option causes normal behavior for the 5250 Write Error Code command error message. Scan AutoEnter Forces an Enter command if and only if the cursor Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. is on the last field on the screen, and if the field attribute is not set for auto-enter. Skip FldExit When enabled, fields that require a field exit command before sending data on an Enter keypress (thus generating a 0020 error code) send the field data without generating an error. When enabled, ITE emulates a 5250 single-byte IBM-5292-2 and double-byte IBM-5555-C01. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

Use Color 3477-FX Mode

Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

When enabled, ITE supports a 5250 132-column Enabled or Disabled. screen display. The supported display can either be Default is Disabled. an IBM-3477-FG when color is disabled or an IBM-3477-FC when color is enabled. When enabled, ITE supports all 5250 commands that use right-to-left text direction. When disabled, all 5250 commands for right-to-left are ignored. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Enabled.

Allow RTL

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

45

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

About 3270 Options

This section describes configurable settings for 3270 emulation. 3270 Protocol Options
Option 3270 Allow Alias Description Value

Enabled or Disabled. When enabled, if your current device name returns an error, then the computer appends a Default is Enabled. $ (dollar sign) to the end of its device name to initiate a session to the host. When disabled, the device name is resent to the host, which then sends a FIN packet to the computer, causing the computer to restart. This continues until the device name is no longer in use. When enabled, an automatic Enter occurs when Enabled or Disabled. a reverse video attribute field is filled by keying Default is Disabled. or scanning data. Any extra scanned data is discarded. When disabled, the screen waits for the user to press the AID key prior to sending data back to the host. Enabled or Disabled. When enabled, if the last field on a screen has the reverse video attribute set, then when that Default is Disabled. field is exactly filled, ITE automatically sends the data for this screen back to the host with an Enter AID code. When disabled, the screen waits for the user to press the AID key prior to sending data back to the host.

Any Auto Enter

BRT Auto Enter

3270 Device Name Physical name for a device. Allowable values Range is 1 to 30 include all uppercase and lowercase characters. alphanumeric characters, wildcards, pound Default is none. symbols (#), dollar signs ($), ampersands (@), and underscores ( _ ). The first character of Device Name must be a letter. Do not use a wildcard character. To create a unique device name for the computer, use the following wildcard characters to return computer specific information: %I1, %I2, %I3, %I4 return the 1st through 4th octets of the IP address. %M1, %M2, %M3, %M4, %M5, %M6 return the 1st through 6th parts of the MAC address. %S0, %S1, %S2, %S3, %S4, %S5, %S6, %S7, %S8, %S9, %SA return the 1st through 11th digits of the computer serial number. ESC Key Definition Reset Key or Clear Sets the behavior of the ESC key. By default, ESC acts as a Reset key in 3270 emulation. You Key. Default is Reset Key. can also set ESC to act as a Clear key.

46

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

3270 Protocol Options (continued)

Option Enable TN3270E Description Value

When enabled, ITE emulates an IBM 3278-2-E Enabled or Disabled. terminal. If 3270 Use Color is also enabled, ITE Default is Disabled. emulates an IBM-3279-3-E terminal. When disabled, ITE emulates either an IBM3278-2 or IBM-3279-3 terminal, depending on the 3270 Use Color setting. When enabled, unlocks the keyboard after the Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. PA1, PA2, or Clear keys are pressed. When using Token Ring on your host, the Tab key also unlocks the keyboard. When enabled, resets the screen origin when an Enabled or Disabled. exclamation mark is found in the data stream. Default is Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. When enabled, ITE emulates an IBM-3279-3 terminal and accepts Start Field Extended and Default is Disabled. Set Buffer commands which contain color data. When disabled, ITE emulates an IBM-3278-2 terminal.

Keybrd Unlock

Origin Set 3270 Use Color

About VT/ANSI Options

This section describes configurable settings for VT/ANSI emulation. VT/ANSI Protocol Options
Option Allow LineMode Description Value

On or Off. When enabled, the terminal prompts to negotiate to the default LineMode RFC 1184. Default is On. When disabled, the terminal does not negotiate to LineMode RFC 1184. When enabled, the computer sends this character string to the host in response to an inquiry (hexadecimal 05). When ENQ is sent, only the first thirty characters of the name are transmitted back to the host. For more information, see About the Answerback Character String on page 49. Range is 0 to 50 characters. Default is the computer serial number.

Answerback

Auto Wrap

On or Off. When enabled, graphic display characters received when the cursor is at the right margin Default is Off. appear on the next line. The screen scrolls up if the cursor is at the end of the scrolling region. When disabled, graphic characters received when the cursor is at the right margin replace previously displayed characters. When enabled, pressing Enter performs a carriage return and a line feed. When disabled, pressing Enter performs a carriage return only. On or Off. Default is Off.

CR to CRLF

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

47

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

VT/ANSI Protocol Options (continued)

Option DEL to BS Description Value

When enabled, pressing the Clear key deletes On or Off. the character to the left of the cursor position, Default is Off. and moves the cursor back one space. When disabled, the Clear key deletes the character at the cursor position. When enabled, each bell character is played one On or Off. Default is Off. after the other. When disabled, the bell characters are concatenated into one. When enabled, F1 acts as the gold key on a VT/ANSI terminal. Enables UTF-8 encoding as defined by RFC 2279. For more information, see About UTF-8 Encoding on page 50. When enabled, the Datalogic terminal emulator escape characters are ignored. On or Off. Default is On. On or Off. Default is Off.

Discretebells

Do Gold Key Do UTF8

Ignore DL Ext Keypad Mode

On or Off. Default is Off.

Numeric or Selects the keypad mode for VT/ANSI. If Application. Application is selected, application ESC Default is Numeric. sequences are generated for the key code. If Numeric is selected, ANSI cursor control ESC sequences corresponding to what appears on the face of the keys are generated. When enabled, local echo displays characters from terminal memory but not from host memory. Selects the compliance level of the emulated terminal. On or Off. Default is Off. ANSI, VT100, VT220, VT320, VT340, or IBM 330X. Default is VT340. 7-Bit or 8-Bit. Default is 7-bit.

Local Echo

Term Setup

Terminal Mode Transmit BS

Sets the terminal mode to 7-bit or 8-bit.

When enabled, press the backspace key to send On or Off. a backspace to the host for the host to echo Default is Off. back to the computer. When disabled, the backspace key is handled locally on the computer by doing a destructive backspace to the printed data characters on the display. When enabled, the screen is locked to a specified size. Any characters outside this screen size are ignored by the handheld unit. On or Off. Default is Off.

Screen Lock

Lock Mode

On or Off. When enabled, press the Mode key to toggle between Line Edit (block) mode and Character Default is Off. mode. When enabled, when an RIS is received from the host, the XON character is returned after compliance of this command. On or Off. Default is On.

Send XON

48

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

VT/ANSI Protocol Options (continued)

Option Terminal ID Description Value

0 to 30 characters. Terminal ID enables the entry of a character string sent back to the host in response to IAC Default is a null string. SB terminal type SE. If set to null, then ANSI, VT100, VT220, VT320, or VT340 is returned as selected. When enabled, the font character set defaults On or Off. to the computer character set instead of a DEC Default is Off. terminal character set. When enabled, the host ignores a host command defining the Function keys. On or Off. Default is Off.

Use PC Char Set

UserKey Locked

VT Cursor Mode Determines what is returned to the host when Cursor or Application. cursor keys are pressed. Application generates Default is Cursor. application ESC sequences for the key code. Cursor generates ANSI cursor control ESC sequences that correspond to what appears on the face of the cursor key. VT220 Mode Selects character or block mode for VT220. If Character or Block. Character is selected, the computer sends each Default is Character. character as it is pressed. If Block is selected, the computer sends a block of characters when a terminating key is pressed. Configure the serial communications port. For more information, see About RS232 Setup Options on page 50.

RS232 Setup

About the Answerback Character String

Enable Answerback to send a character string to the host in response to an inquiry (hexadecimal 05). The string can be 0 to 30 characters long, and possibly longer if you use wildcards as described in this section. Default is the computer serial number. Note: Although the string can be longer than 30 characters, only the first thirty characters of the name are transmitted back to the host when ENQ is sent. Use the keypad or SIP to enter the character string. If you enter any of the following control characters, it is sent out. Note that control strings count as one character.

<ACK> <BEL> <DC4> <DLE> <FF> <FS> <SI> <SO>

<BS> <EM> <GS> <SOH>

<CAN> <ENQ> <HT> <STX>

<CR> <EOT> <LF> <SUB>

<DC1> <ESC> <NAK> <SYN>

<DC2> <ETB> <NUL> <US>

<DC3> <ETC> <RS> <VT>

To configure an Answerback string that includes computer-specific information, use wild card characters in the string as follows: Wild Card Characters for Answerback
Use %I1, %I2, %I3, %I4 To Get 1st through 4th octet of IP address.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

49

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Wild Card Characters for Answerback (continued)

Use %M1, %M2, %M3, %M4, %M5, %M6 %S0, %S1, %S2, %S3, %S4, %S5, %S6, %S7, %S8, %S9, %SA To Get 1st through 6th part of MAC address. 1st through 11th position of computer serial number.

For example, the Answerback string Example%S0 is 10 characters long. However, %S0 represents the first character of the serial number, effectively making the string only 8 characters long. If the computer serial number begins with a 2, then the Answerback string evaluates to Example2.

About UTF-8 Encoding

When you enable Do UTF8, you enable UTF-8 encoding as defined by RFC3629: If the character is between 0 and 0x7f, then nothing changes. If the character is between 0xc0 and 0xfd, then convert the character to a displayable character using the following formula where x is the first character in the string and y is the second character. (x - 0xc0) *2**6 + (y - 0x80) If the character is between 0x8000-0xffff, then the UTF8 translation is done using the following formula. 0xef 0xbb 0xbf is looked for saying that the following characters are encoded using ISO/IEC 10646 Universal Multiple-Octet Code Character Set with the UTF8 signature. Then each character is comprised of three characters x, y, and z which are converted using the following formula: (x-0xe0) * 0x1000 + (y-0x80) * 0x40 + (z-0x80) If disabled (default), then characters are translated regularly as defined by the current gl, gr character sets selected.

About RS232 Setup Options

For VT/ANSI emulation, you can set RS-232 serial communications options as described in the next table. RS232 Setup Options
Option RS232 Baudrate RS232 Parity RS232 StopBits RS232 DataBits RS232 Flow Value 9600 (Default), 19200, 38400, 57600, or 115200 None (Default), Odd, or Even 1 (Default) or 2 8-Bit (Default) or 7-Bit None (Default), DTR, or XON/XOFF

50

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Selecting ITE Fonts and Screen Behaviors

You can select the ITE fonts and screen behaviors to fit the needs of your work environment. For example, you can change the display language and character set encoding, or enable function key and URL hot spots. You can change these settings for each of the four available sessions. To customize fonts and behaviors 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 Tap Display Opts.

For information on Display Opts settings, see the next table. Display Options
Option Code Page Description Selects the character set for the display language (3270 and 5250 emulation only). For more information, see About Code Page Options on page 53. Value English (Default) Cyrillic Central Europe Hebrew Greek Latin 2 Turkish Cyrillic Win Arabic Underln Blink Block Blink Underline Block (Default)

Cursor Mode

Sets the cursor style.

Ignore Bold

Enabled or Disabled. When enabled, the bold attribute is Default is Disabled. ignored and text is displayed using the normal attribute. When disabled, characters with the bold attribute applied display in bold.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

51

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Display Options (continued)

Option Select Font Description Sets the font for the ITE screens. Value Lucida Console (Default) Courier New Courier New Bold Courier New Bold Italic

Func Hotspot

When enabled, ITE recognizes function Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. key descriptions on the screen for F1 through F24, such as F3=Exit. The format must be: ((<line begin> | <space(s)>) F <digit(s)> = <non-space>). This sends the Function key represented by <numeric string> to the keypad as if you pressed that key. On a double-click, if this is enabled but is not recognized, the computer emits an error beep. When this option is enabled, it recognizes Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled. a numeric menu option on the screen such as 90. Sign off . The format must be: ((<line begin> | <space(s)>) <digit(s)> `.' <space> <non-space>). This sends the <numeric string> to the keypad followed by the Enter key as if you pressed those keys. On a double-click, if this is enabled but is not recognized, then the computer emits an error beep. Enabled or Disabled. When enabled, you can double-tap a Default is Disabled. displayed http://url address or file:// address to open that location in the default web browser. Tap the Exit button in the upper right corner to close the browser window. When enabled, you can copy and paste Enabled or Disabled. text on an ITE screen as follows: Default is Disabled. 1 Tap and drag to select characters. 2 Select Copy from the popup menu. 3 Tap the point where the characters should be pasted and select Paste from the popup menu. Because the upper corners of the screen are reserved for hot spots, you cannot copy or paste characters at those locations. When Copy/Paste is enabled, you cannot use the Focus via Touch Panel or Pan via Touch Panel features. When enabled, the computer ignores double-taps in the upper corners of the display to switch between sessions. Enabled or Disabled. Default is Disabled.

Menu Hotspot

URL Hotspot

Copy/Paste

Ignore CnrTaps

52

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

4 Change the settings as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the Display Opts list, or tap Cancel to return to the Display Opts list without saving any changes.

About Code Page Options

Code page choices are shown in the next table. Code Page Options and Descriptions
Language or Region Arabic Code Page 1256 Notes The following characters are not supported and display as boxes: 0x8a (unicode character 0x679) 0x8f (unicode character 0x688) 0x9a (unicode character 0x691) 0x9f (unicode character 0x6ba) 0xaa (unicode character 0x6be) 0xc0 (unicode character 0x6c1) Displays text in Polish. Displays text in Russian. Displays text in Windows Russian.

Central Europe Cyrillic Cyrillic Win English Greek Hebrew Latin 2 Turkish Western Europe

1250 855 1251 437 1253 862 8859-2 1254 1252

Displays text in Latin.

If you are running the 3270 or 5250 emulations which display characters in EBCDIC, additional requirements may be necessary to correctly display the fonts in your selected language. For more information, see Customizing 5250 EBCDIC to ASCII Translation on page 130.

Configuring ITE Screen Sizes and Colors

You can set the ITE screen size and colors for each of the four available sessions. To configure screen size and colors 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

53

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

3 Tap LCD Parms.

4 Change the settings as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the LCD Parms list, or tap Back to return to the LCD Parms list without saving any changes. For more information on these settings, see the next table. LCD Parms Settings
Setting Screen Rows Description Number of rows that display onscreen. Values 8 to 21: CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50, CS40 8 to 24: CK70, CK71, CN70 8 to 27: CV41, CV61 10 to 32: CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50, CS40 10 to 80: CK70, CK71, CN70 10 to 132: CV41, CV61

Screen Cols

Number of columns that display onscreen.

54

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

LCD Parms Settings (continued)

Setting Alt Screen Sizes Description Defines alternate screen sizes that allow you to quickly change from one size of font to another making the screen information easier to read. To move between the alternate screen sizes, press the screen size button on the toolbar. The Alt1 Screen and Alt2 Screen sizes are predefined. You can define a total of five alternate screen sizes. Values All Alt Screen Size values are defaults: Alt1 Screen Rows: 14 for CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50, CS40 16 for CK70, CK71, CN70, CV41, CV61 Alt1 Screen Cols: 24 for CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50, CS40 25 for CK70, CK71, CN70, CV41, CV61 Alt2 Screen Rows: 16 for CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50, CS40 18 for CV41, CV61 Alt2 Screen Cols: 28 for CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50, CS40 30 for CK70, CK71, CN70, CV41, CV61 Alt3, Alt4, and Alt5 Screen Rows: 0 Alt3, Alt4, and Alt5 Screen Cols: 0 Center Cursor Corner Mode (Default) Page Mode Lazy Mode Locked Mode 0 to 79. Default is 0. 0 to 23. Default is 0. Upper Right (Vertical) Upper Left (Vertical) Lower Right (Vertical) Lower Left (Vertical) Upper Right (Horizontal) Upper Left (Horizontal) Lower Right (Horizontal) Lower Left (Horizontal) Stealth (annunciator is hidden) Default is Lower Right (CK3, CK70, CK71, CN3, CN4, CN50, CN70, CS40 only) or Stealth (CV41, CV61 only).

Screen Mode

Configures how the cursor positions itself on the display. For more information, see About Screen Mode on page 56. Sets the X origin of the computer display. Sets the Y origin of the computer display. Sets the annunciator position.

X Origin Y Origin Annun Position

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

55

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

LCD Parms Settings (continued)

Setting Key Uppercase Description Values

When enabled, alpha keys (A to Z) On or Off. Default is Off. appear as uppercase characters regardless of the Shift or Caps Lock mode settings. Defines how far the cursor moves Tab Size (scrolls the current each time you press the arrow keys. tab distance) Screen Size (scrolls the current screen size) Scroll Setting (uses the current settings for Define Height and Define Width) Height of the scroll window. Width of the scroll window. Configures the text color in RGB values. 1 to 24. Default is 8. 1 to 80. Default is 8. Red: 0 to 255. Green: 0 to 255. Blue: 0 to 255. Default for all is 255 (white text). Red: 0 to 255. Green: 0 to 255. Blue: 0 to 255. Default for all is 0 (black background).

Scroll Window

Define Height Define Width Foreground RGB

Background RGB Configures the background color in RGB values.

About Screen Mode

Screen Mode defines the cursor position and movement as you scroll through data in the display buffer, which stores data in a standard CRT format as sent from the host computer. Use Screen Mode options to optimize your view. Screen Mode Option Descriptions
Option Center Cursor Description Cursor remains in the center of the screen as you scroll through data. On reaching a boundary of the full CRT screen, the cursor moves past the center of the screen. When the cursor reaches the boundary of the CRT screen, an error tone sounds and the cursor does not wrap to the next line in the display.

Corner Mode (default) Cursor remains in the lower-right corner of the screen as you scroll through data, beginning at the upper-left corner of the full CRT screen. Cursor remains there as data advances in the scrolled direction (up, down, right, or left). On reaching a boundary of the full CRT screen, the display and cursor move in the scrolled direction. Cursor stops moving when it reaches the CRT screen boundary and does not wrap to the next line in the display. An error tone sounds if you try to move the cursor beyond the boundary. Use this option when your application uses only the upper-left corner of the full CRT screen.

56

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Screen Mode Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Page Mode Description Divides the full CRT screen into predefined pages, and starts the computer display on page 1. Cursor first appears in the upper right corner. As you scroll, only the cursor moves and the data on the screen does not appear to move. When you scroll off the edge of the displayed page, the display snaps to the next (or previous) page. On reaching a boundary of the CRT screen, the cursor stops moving and an error tone sounds each time you attempt to move beyond the boundary. Because the 24-row by 80-column CRT screen cannot be divided equally, some pages in Page Mode overlap each other and the same information is shown on both pages. Cursor starts in the upper left corner of the screen and moves across the display in the scrolled direction. When the cursor goes beyond the edge of the display, the data moves in the opposite direction to the cursor, which remains at the edge of the display. On reaching an outside boundary of the full CRT display, an error tone sounds each time you try to move beyond the boundary. Screen view is locked to the upper left corner of the display. Characters selected outside of the display window size are written to the screen but are not visible. The windowing keys do not move the visible window. In 5250 emulation, the err_row is mapped to the last row of the screen size selected.

Lazy Mode

Locked Mode

Moving the ITE Viewport by Dragging Across the Screen

You can move the computer window/viewport by using the cursor keys and paging keys. You can also enable the Pan via Touch Panel feature, which allows you to move the viewport by dragging your finger or stylus across the computer screen. Pan via Touch Panel is disabled by default and applies to all sessions when enabled. To enable Pan via Touch Panel 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Pan via Touch Panel. 3 Select a mode: Viewport Mode: Drag your stylus or finger across the screen to move the viewport in the opposite direction. This behavior mimics Windows Mobile devices. Screen Mode: Drag your stylus or finger across the screen to move the viewport in the same direction. Disabled (default).

4 Tap OK. Note: Pan via Touch Panel settings are ignored if Copy/Paste or Focus via Touch Panel are enabled.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

57

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Moving the Cursor Location by Tapping the Screen

You can move the cursor location by pressing Tab, which moves the cursor to the beginning of the next entry field. You can also enable the Focus via Touch Panel feature, which moves the cursor to any entry field when you tap the computer screen at the field location. Focus via Touch Panel is disabled by default and applies to all sessions when enabled. To enable Focus via Touch Panel 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Focus via Touch Panel. 3 Select Enable. 4 Tap OK.

About the Focus via Touch Panel Feature

For VT/ANSI sessions: Focus via Touch Panel is not supported when the application is in Block mode. The entire screen is defined as a field unless you are using VT340+ form commands. For 3270, 5250, or VT forms, tap the entry field to move the cursor to the first position in that field. Tapping the screen outside an entry field does not move the cursor. Note: Focus via Touch Panel is ignored if Copy/Paste is enabled.

58

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Selecting a Printer
You can select a printer for each of the four sessions. The printer can be on your network, or connected to the computer through IrDA, Bluetooth, or a serial port. To select a printer 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 Tap Print Device.

Note: Print device options will differ depending on your Intermec computer. 4 Select one of the options: Tap RS232 Print for the RS-232 print driver. This setting is the default for the CV41 and CV61. (CK70, CK71, CN70 only) Tap IRDA Print or press 2 to select an IrDA printer connection. Tap Network Print to select a network printer. Tap Bluetooth Prt to select the current Bluetooth printer. This setting is the default for the CK3, CK70, CK71, CN3, CN4, CN50, CN70, and CS40 computers. Note: ITE only supports Bluetooth devices connected to COM6. 5 Tap OK to save your changes and return to the LCD Parms list, or tap Cancel to return to the Print Device list without saving any changes. 6 If you chose IrDA Print, RS232 Print, or Bluetooth Prt, ITE is ready to print to the printer connected to the computer by that method. Before you try to print, make sure you have a valid connection to your printer. If you chose Network Print, you need to specify the printer IP address and printer port. For more information, see Configuring a TCP/IP Connection on page 25.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

59

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring for UDP Plus

Note: When UDP Plus is enabled, it applies to all sessions. ITE does not support mixed TCP/IP and UDP Plus sessions. 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap UDP+ Options. 3 Select Enable UDP+.

Enabling UDP Plus

The UDP+ Options list includes global UDP Plus settings. For information on these global settings, see the next table. Global UDP Plus Configuration Item Descriptions
Item UDP+ Port Max Retries Description Port to access the UDP Plus server. Maximum number of times to retry the connection before starting the watchdog timer. Values Range is 0 to 65535. Default is 5555. Range is 1 to 99. Default is 7.

WD Rcv Timeout

After the maximum number of retries Range is 1 to 3600 ms. is reached, this is the amount of time Default is 45. that ITE waits before closing the connection when receiving. After the maximum number of retries Range is 1 to 3600 ms. is reached, this is the amount of time Default is 20. that ITE waits before closing the connection when sending. Amount of time that ITE waits before Range is 200 to 2000 ms. expecting an acknowledgement. Default is 300. Amount of time that ITE waits when Range is 2000 to 60000 ms. expecting an acknowledgement. Default is 5000.

WD Send Timeout

Ack Lower Bound Ack Upper Bound

60

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Note: UDP Plus settings must be identical to those set in the SPS. Intermec recommends that you keep the default values. 4 Tap an item in the list to select it and make changes. After you make changes, tap OK to save your changes, or tap Cancel to return to the UDP+ Options list. 5 In the UDP+ Options list, tap Back. The ITE main menu in Intermec Settings appears. 6 In the ITE main menu, select Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 7 In the Session menu you selected, tap UDP Options > Server A, Server B, or Server C. The list of UDP configuration items for that server appears.

Note: Server A is the primary UDP Plus server. If ITE is unable to connect to Server A before the disconnect timer expires, ITE tries to connect to Server B and then Server C. UDP Plus - Server Configuration Item Descriptions
Item Server_IP Security Emulation Description IP address for this server (Server A, Server B, or Server C). Values None.

Defines the security protocol this None or SSL. server uses for data communication. Default is None. Server computer type. 3270 5250 VT-ANSI (Default)

SSL Options

Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) options for this server. For more information, see Configuring ITE for SSL on page 29.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

61

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

UDP Plus - Server Configuration Item Descriptions (continued)

Item Disconnect Val Description When the ITE client is disconnected from its initial controller, this value sets the number of 10-second intervals that the ITE client waits before it attempts to connect to a secondary controller (if one is defined). Values 0 to 255. Default is 12 (total of 120 seconds in 12 10-second intervals).

Keyboard Type

Default is USB. Sets the language type for the keyboard. For more information, see About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. 697 Sets the graphic character set. or more information, see About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. Selects a display language for the code page. or more information, see About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. 037

Charset

Codepage

Printer Address

None. IP address of the network printer. You must select Network Print in the Print Device parameter. Port number the ITE uses to communicate with the printer. You must select Network Print in the Print Device parameter. 0 to 65535. Default is 23.

Printer Port

8 Tap an item to select it and make changes. For information on the configuration items, see the next table. After you make changes, tap OK to save your changes, or tap Back to return to the list of UDP configuration items for the server.

62

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Using the Out of Range Monitor

You can use the Out of Range Monitor to alert users when the computer is trying to send data but is out of range of an access point. When this happens, the computer beeps three times and ITE shows this message:

Not connected to an AccessPoint. Please wait!

To clear the message, the operator needs to move the computer closer to an access point. When the computer can connect to the access point, the last active ITE screen appears and ITE sends the data to the host. Note: While this message is onscreen, the computer scanner is disabled. ITE ignores all keypresses except for the Menu button. Although you can view the ITE menus while out of range, when you exit the menus this message appears again if the computer is still out of range. The Out of Range Monitor is disabled by default. Follow the next steps to enable the Out of Range Monitor. To enable the Out of Range Monitor 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap OOR Monitor. 3 Select the OOR Monitor check box and then tap OK.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

63

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring Scan Control Settings

You can configure whether or not ITE uses the bar code symbology settings you have configured within the ITE section of Intermec Settings. ITE can also use the settings in the Data Collection section of Intermec Settings, which can be configured separately from the ITE settings. 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Scan Control.

3 Select the check box for each of the parameters you want to enable. For information, see the next table. Scan Control Configuration Item Descriptions
Item ParmsBySession Description Value

When ParmsBySession is enabled, ITE uses the On or Off. symbology parameters configured in the Barcode Parms section on a per-session basis. When disabled, symbology parameters configured in the Barcode Parms section of Intermec Settings are ignored, and instead ITE uses the settings from the Data Collection section of Intermec Settings.

64

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Scan Control Configuration Item Descriptions (continued)

Item Use Wedge Mode Description Value

When enabled, all scanned data comes into ITE On or Off. from the system Virtual Wedge per the Virtual Wedge settings, as if the scanned bar code data was typed into the keyboard. The following ITEspecific scanning options are disabled: Auto Tab Scan Auto Entr Scn BRT Auto Enter ANY Auto Enter Scan PreChar Scan PostChar Symbology specific-options including enable/disable, min-max or fixed lengths, drop leading/trailing characters Also, when Use Wedge Mode is enabled, scanned data is subject to all symbology options and data filtering as set in the Data Collection section of Intermec Settings on the computer. When enabled, No ScanAhead prevents Bluetooth scanners from scanning ahead until the host sends a scanner enable command. On or Off.

No ScanAhead

Note: ParmsBySession does not work with Bluetooth scanners. 4 After you make selections, tap OK to save your changes, or tap Cancel to return to the ITE main menu in Intermec Settings without making any changes.

Configuring Access to ITE

You can choose the ways to access ITE and how it operates, including control of password input, configuration menus in Intermec Settings, using external wizards to connect to Bluetooth devices, and so on.

About the No Lockdown Setting

By default, No Lockdown is disabled (except for CV41, where this feature is enabled by default), and ITE functions as a locked-down application, which means that users cannot access other applications on the computer through the Windows toolbar or Start menu. When you enable No Lockdown, ITE switches to a normal Windows display with an accessible system taskbar. This option applies to all sessions. Note: Depending on the items in the Menu Settings list, you may still be able to access the Windows Start menu even though ITE is running in lockdown mode. For more information, see Selecting Items for the Menu Button on page 72.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

65

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Enabling the Configuration Menu Password

By default, you do not need to enter a password to access the ITE Main Menu. You can enable password protection to prevent unauthorized access. You can set a different password for each session. To enable this password, see Configuring Options for Each Session on page 23.

Enabling License Check-Out

If you use SmartSystems Foundation to manage Intermec devices, by default ITE checks an ITE license out from the SmartSystems server when the application is launched. When you close ITE (using the menus or the Exit button in the Toolbar), the application tries to check its license back in to the license pool. If ITE cannot communicate with the server at shutdown time, the computer keeps the license, and ITE tries to check the license in the next time ITE is closed. If you suspend the computer without closing ITE, the computer keeps the license until you close ITE. If you warm boot the computer while ITE is running, the computer keeps the license. After the warm boot is done, ITE starts with the same license as before. you want to assign one license to each computer running ITE, eliminating the need to check licenses out or in. the SmartSystems server is difficult to reach, or on a subnet used only for setup. 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Chk In License.

You can disable license check-in if:

To configure ITE license check-out

3 Select Chk In License to enable this feature, and then tap OK to save your changes. Or, tap Cancel to return to the ITE main menu without enabling license check-in. For general information on ITE licensing, see About ITE Licensing on page 2.

66

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Configuring the ITE Toolbar

When ITE is running, the toolbar appears at the bottom of the screen. The toolbar includes status icons and information as well as buttons you tap to access other features. You can select the items that are shown in the toolbar and the order in which they appear in the toolbar. To configure the toolbar 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Toolbar Options.

The Toolbar Options list includes buttons and icons that can appear in the toolbar. 3 Tap an item in the list to select it. The menu for that item appears. For example, this is the menu for the Exit button:

4 Tap an item in the list to select it or to enter values. For information, see the next table.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

67

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Toolbar Button and Icon Options

Option Display on Toolbar Button Size Description Select to show the button or icon in the toolbar. Sets the size of the button or icon (some cannot be resized):

Small Medium Large X-Large XX-Large

Toolbar Selects the toolbar in which the button or icon appears. Default is Primary. If you select Secondary, the toolbar is expanded to two rows, and all buttons or icons set to the Secondary toolbar appear in the top row.

Button order (left-to-right) Sets the priority order in which the button or icon appears in the toolbar. The lower the number, the more to the left the button appears in the toolbar. Number of spaces before Sets the number of blank spaces that are placed to the left of the button or icon. Use this value as a spacer between toolbar items. 1 blank space = width of a small button.

Note: Because there is a limit to the number of buttons and icons you can view in the toolbar, Intermec recommends that you place only those buttons and icons you use regularly. Buttons and icons on the extreme right end of the toolbar may not be visible on the computer screen. For more information on each toolbar button and icon, see the next table. 5 When you are finished making changes, tap OK to save your changes. Or, tap Cancel to return to the Toolbar Options menu without saving any changes. Toolbar Button and Icon Descriptions
Name Battery Indicator Description Shows the battery status, including percentage of charge remaining. (Not available for CV61) Battery is charging. Battery is charged and computer is on external power.

68

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Toolbar Button and Icon Descriptions (continued)

Name Description Battery is fully charged (approximately 66% to 100%). Battery is about half charged (33% to 66%). Battery is less than half charged (11% to 33%). (Blinking) Battery is almost empty (less than 11% charge remaining). Change Font Size Tap to change the display font size. As you tap, the size of the characters cycles through the available sizes for your computer display. The size of this button is adjustable. Tap this button to exit ITE. The size of this button is adjustable.

Exit

Hebrew Mode

Indicates that ITE is configured for right-to-left reading and entry.

Host

Displays the host IP address. Actual text depends on the host protocol. Appears when the keyboard has accepted enough information for the defined input field. When this icon appears in the Toolbar, the keyahead feature stores keystrokes and saves them for the next field. Input Inhibited overrides Insert mode if both are active. Keyboard inserts characters instead of overwriting them. When this icon is enabled, it appears in the Toolbar when ITE is in Insert mode. Tap to run the Intermec Browser application. The size of this button is adjustable. Indicates Shift key, CTRL key, ALT key, and Caps Lock status. If Shift is enabled, SHF appears. If CTRL is pressed, CTL appears. If ALT is pressed, ALT appears. If Caps Lock is enabled, CAP appears. Determines how the Enter, period (.), and number keys are returned to the host in VT/ANSI emulation. When this icon is enabled, it appears in the Toolbar when ITE is in Keypad mode. Indicates that email addressed to this computer is available.

Input Inhibited

Insert

Intermec Browser

Keyboard Status

Keypad Mode

Mail Waiting

Menu Settings

Tap to access the configuration menus. For more information, see Selecting Items for the Menu Button on page 72.The size of this button is adjustable.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

69

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Toolbar Button and Icon Descriptions (continued)

Name Reader State Description Shows the status for an associated RFID reader. The size of this button is adjustable. CK3, CN3, or CN4 with IP30, or CV41 with IF4 or IV7: Valid socket connection to the data collection engine exists. CK3, CN3, or CN4 with IP30: Reader trigger state is set to scan. CK3, CN3, or CN4 with IP30, or CV41 with IF4 or IV7: No socket connection, or there is a communication error between the computer and reader. Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, Session 4 Shows the status of each session (Session 1 icons shown as examples). The size of this button is adjustable. Session is connected to the host and active. Session is connected to the host but not active. Session is configured, but not connected to the host. Session is not configured and not connected. Signal Indicator Shows the RSSI (Radio or Ready Signal Strength Indicator) retrieved from the radio module, or an active Ethernet connection. Radio information is updated every 5 seconds. For a Wi-Fi network:

For WAN:

For Ethernet: (connected) or SIP Toggle

(disconnected)

Tap to hide or display the SIP. The size of this button is adjustable.

SnapShot

Tap to use the SnapShot feature. If the Intermec computer has an EAxx imager, this feature lets you use the imager to capture highquality greyscale images. If the Intermec computer has a camera, this feature lets you take high-quality color pictures. For more information, see Using the SnapShot Feature on page 75. The size of this button is adjustable. For information on using the imager or camera, see the computer user manual.

70

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Toolbar Button and Icon Descriptions (continued)

Name Term ID Description Shows the device name (3270 and 5250 emulation only) for the computer in the Toolbar. For VT/ANSI emulation, this shows N/A. Shows the IP address of the computer in the Toolbar. If the IP address is not known because DHCP has not assigned an address to the computer, then this field reads unknown. Shows the current time in the Toolbar. The size of this icon is adjustable. Shows the current transmission mode. For more information, see Transmission Mode on page 17. Character Edit mode Line Edit mode Local Edit mode Trusted App Tap to run your trusted application. For more information, see Enabling a Trusted Application on page 78. The size of this button is adjustable. Tap to launch an installed voice application. For more information, see Using Voice over IP on page 73. The size of this button is adjustable. Tap to turn the computer audio volume up or down as needed for your work environment. When you tap a Volume button, ITE plays the default error sound at the new volume. You can set the volume to one of six levels. Volume down Volume up

Term IP

Time

Transmission Mode

VOIP

Volume

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

71

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Selecting Items for the Menu Button

When you tap the Menu button in the Toolbar, a popup menu appears that includes several items. The next procedure explains how to select the items that appear in the popup menu. To select items for the Menu Button 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Menu Options.

Items that appear in the Menu Button popup menu are selected in the list. 3 Change the selections as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the Menu Options list, or tap Cancel to return to the Menu Options list without saving any changes. For more information on the Menu Button options, see the next table. Menu Button Option Descriptions
Setting Name Wireless Printing Wireless Scanning Intermec Settings ITE Menus Session Menu Session 1, 2, 3, 4 SIP Select Description Launches the Wireless Printing wizard to connect a Bluetooth printer. Launches the Wireless Scanning wizard to connect to a Bluetooth scanner. Launches the Intermec Settings application. Requires password input if selected. Default password is cr52401. Opens the ITE Main Menu. Using this menu to configure ITE is deprecated and may not be supported by future releases. Opens the Switch Session menu. Launches the selected session. Opens the Keyboard Select menu. Not supported by CV41 running WES or CV61. For help, see Configuring Options for Each Session on page 23. Displays or hides the onscreen keyboard. Opens the Toolbar options dialog box. For help, see Configuring the ITE Toolbar on page 67.

SIP Toggle Toolbar Options

72

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

About Lockdown Mode and Accessing the Windows Start Menu

Although ITE is locked down by default, users can still access the Windows Start menu through Intermec Settings or the Wireless Printing and Wireless Scanning wizards. The Wireless Printing and Wireless Scanning wizards do not require a password for access. To maintain true lockdown mode, Intermec recommends that you do not add these items to the Menu Button options.

Enabling the ITE Exit Password

By default, you use the same password to exit ITE as you do to access the ITE configuration settings. You can enable and specify a different exit password to further limit access. To enable and set the ITE exit password 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Enable Exit Password. 3 Tap the Enable check box. 4 Tap OK. 5 Tap Exit Password. 6 Enter a string of up to 10 characters for the exit password. The default is cr52401 (identical to the configuration password). 7 Tap OK.

Using Voice over IP

ITE provides support for these Voice over IP (VoIP) applications: HipVoice TABLETMedia iTalkie

You can launch the VoIP application by tapping the Voice button in the ITE Toolbar. For more information, see Configuring the ITE Toolbar on page 67. Note: After you install one of these applications on the Intermec computer, run ITE to automatically configure the PTT button and warm boot the computer.

Using ITE with HipVoice

When you tap the Voice button: if HipVoice is currently running, it is brought to the foreground. if HipVoice is not currently running, ITE launches the application.

After you install HipVoice, the first launch may take 30 to 40 seconds.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

73

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

The Windows Mobile Start menu and the HipVoice start menu appear. You can go to the HipVoice application to change contact information, login into a new session, send sticky notes, or have a conversation. Note: If you press the PTT button when ITE is running, HipVoice momentarily comes to the foreground and then control is returned to ITE. To return control back to ITE, tap Start > ITE.

Using ITE with iTalkie

Tap the Voice button in the ITE Toolbar to launch iTalkie. You can also select the silent interface to keep iTalkie running in the background as you use ITE. Otherwise, iTalkie comes to the foreground each time you page someone or are paged by someone else. With the silent interface enabled, when someone calls your computer, a dialog box appears asking if you want to accept the call. If you do not accept the call, ITE resumes. If you accept the call, the dialog box disappears and your call begins, and the call continues until the caller terminates the call.

You can continue to use ITE while you are in the call.

About VoIP Error Messages

If there is a problem with your VoIP application, an error message may appear when you tap the Voice button. VOIP Error Message Descriptions
Error Message Text ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND (0x02) ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND (0x03) ERROR_DDE_FAIL (0x482) ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION (0x483) ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED (0x05) ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND (0x485) ERROR_CANCELLED (0x4C7) ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY (0x08) ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION (0x20) No VOIP Application Installed Description The specified file was not found. The specified path was not found. The Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) transaction failed. There is no application associated with the given file name extension. Access to the specified file is denied. One of the library files necessary to run the application can not be found. The function prompted the user for additional information, but the user canceled the request. There is not enough memory to perform the specified action. A sharing violation occurred. No supported VOIP application is installed on the computer.

74

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Using the SnapShot Feature

You can use the SnapShot feature to take high-resolution pictures. For example, you might use SnapShot to take a picture of damaged goods in a warehouse.

SnapShot Sample Image

To use SnapShot, you need to add a SnapShot button to the ITE toolbar. For help, see Configuring the ITE Toolbar on page 67. Note: SnapShot is supported by all Intermec computers with an EAxx imager or color camera. To capture images with SnapShot 1 In the ITE Toolbar, tap . The imager or camera turns on and the Imager screen shows streaming video. A date and time stamp appears at the bottom of the video frame. This sample was taken with the imager in a CN4 computer:

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

75

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

2 Center the subject in the streaming video frame, and tap Take Picture or press Enter to capture the scene. The PreviewImage screen appears, showing the captured image.

3 Tap Accept to save the image, or tap Reject to delete the image. By default, images are saved to the \My Documents\My Pictures directory on the computer. After you accept an image, the name of the last saved image appears at the top of the main Imager screen. Image file names include the serial number of the computer, its IP address, and the date and time when the image was captured.

4 To exit SnapShot and return to ITE, tap Menu > Exit. Or, to send pictures to the host, continue with the next procedure. To send picture files to the host 1 Tap Menu > Send Files. 2 In the SendPictures list, check the check box for each file you want to send to the host. You can also tap Options > Select All or Deselect All as needed. By default, all files are selected. 3 Tap Menu > FTP Files. The files are sent to the host.

76

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

To delete files from the image directory 1 Tap Menu > Send Files. 2 In the SendPictures list, check the check box for each file you want to delete. You can also tap Options > Select All or Deselect All as needed. By default, all files are selected. 3 Tap Menu > Delete Files.

Configuring SnapShot Image Settings

When you are running SnapShot, you can change text and brightness settings as follows: To add a text string to the picture, tap Settings > Text >Add Text, enter the text string in the entry field, and tap Save. To delete a text string, tap Settings > Text > Clear Text. (Imager only) To change the brightness setting, tap Settings > Auto Brightness. Auto Brightness is enabled by default and automatically adjusts the contrast and brightness of the image based on the current lighting.

Configuring SnapShot Settings

You can configure these SnapShot settings: Folder in which captured images are saved Host IP or DNS where image files are sent Username and password Port Image resolution 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap SnapShot Parameters.

To configure SnapShot settings

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

77

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

4 Change the settings as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the SnapShot Parameters list, or tap Cancel to return to the SnapShot Parameters list without saving any changes. For more information on these settings, see the next table. SnapShot Parameter Descriptions
Setting Image Folder Description Path to and name of the folder where you want to store images. Folder can be on the computer or on a mapped network drive. Value is a text string from 1 to 201 characters. Default is \my documents\my pictures. IP address of a server to which image files are sent. Value is a text string from 1 to 201 characters. Default is null. User name required for access to the host. Value is a text string from 1 to 21 characters. Default is null. Password required for access to the host. Value is a text string from 1 to 21 characters. Default is null. Port number for the host. Range is 0 to 65535. Default is 21. Resolution level for images. Select Low (smallest file size), Medium, or High (best quality). Default is Low. File type for images. Select JPG or BMP. Default is JPG.

Host IP or DNS Snap Username Snap Password Port Img Resolution

Image Type

You can also configure SnapShot settings in the te_settings.ini file. For more information, see Camera and Imager Parameters on page 106.

Enabling a Trusted Application

When ITE is running, it functions as a locked-down application, which means that users cannot access other applications on the computer through the Windows toolbar or Start menu. However, you can enable a single trusted application that you can only access by tapping the Trusted App icon in the Toolbar. To enable a trusted application 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Trusted App. 3 Enter the application name and full path in the Trusted App field (maximum 260 characters). 4 Tap OK to save your changes and return to the ITE main menu, or tap Cancel to return to the ITE main menu without saving any changes.

78

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

Setting the COM Port (CV41 and CV61 only)

If you are running ITE on the CV41 or CV61 computers, you can select which COM port to use while doing extended commands #F, #G, or #P, or to direct output from the media copy command in the VT/ANSI data stream. For more information on the #F, #G, and #P extended commands, see the Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) Programmers Reference Manual. To set the COM port 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap Session 1, Session 2, Session 3, or Session 4. The list of configuration items for that session appears. 3 Tap Com Select. 4 Tap Com2 or press 2 to select COM2. 5 Tap OK to save your changes and return to the Session menu, or tap Cancel to return to the ITE main menu without saving any changes.

Connecting to an RFID Reader

If your computer supports RFID, follow the next procedure to connect to and enable an RFID reader. To connect to an RFID reader 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap RFID.

ITE RFID Settings: This example shows the RFID settings on the CK3 computer.

4 Change the settings as needed. When you are finished, tap OK to save your changes and return to the SnapShot Parameters list, or tap Cancel to return to the SnapShot Parameters list without saving any changes.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

79

Chapter 2 Configuring and Managing ITE

For more information on these settings, see the next table. RFID Settings Descriptions
Setting RFID Enabled RFID Setup Description When enabled, ITE searches for an RFID reader. Default is disabled. Determines the connection type your computer uses to connect to the RFID reader. For the CK3 and CN3, default is Local. For the CV41, default is Remote. IP address for the RFID reader. Default is a null string.

Reader Address

80

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

3
Customizing Your Configuration
This chapter describes the procedures you can use to customize Intermec Terminal Emulator and includes these sections: Customizing Intermec Terminal Emulator Using the Auto-Login Feature Creating a Custom Parameter File Changing Text in Menus, Messages, and Settings Preinitializing the ITE Program Remapping the Computer Keypad Remapping Displayed Characters Implementing ITCColor.dat Attribute Colors Customizing 5250 EBCDIC to ASCII Translation

81

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Customizing Intermec Terminal Emulator

You customize the ITE program by creating or modifying configuration files and then copying them to your computer. Note: If a config.dat file is present on your computer, its settings are backed up in a config.old file and then written into a te_settings.ini file. If there is no config.dat file on your computer, all settings are written to the te_settings.ini file.

Using the Auto-Login Feature

Use the auto-login feature to send the same login information each time you log in to the host. When you start ITE, the computer checks for an auto-login script file. If a script file exists, the computer runs the login commands from the auto-login script file before ITE starts. To use this feature, develop an auto-login script file and load it on the computer. This section explains how to develop a script and includes a list of control characters and the procedure for disabling auto-login.

Developing Auto-Login Script Files

A typical auto-login script file consists of Input and InputHidden commands followed by a HostName command, followed by a series of WaitFor and Send commands. A very simple script file may not have any input commands if all of the computers are using the same account. Note: The auto-login script must be an ASCII text file with autolog.scr as the required file name, or the file is not processed.

Commands for Auto-Login Script Files

You can use several commands to create auto-login script files. All commands are case-sensitive. For example, WaitFor is a command, but Waitfor is not a valid command. For examples of script files, see Sample Auto-Login Script Files on page 87.

Display
Determines if data from the host application appears on the computer screen. For additional security, the display can be turned off from updating messages from the host during the auto-login process. Display has three parameters: OFF, ON, and HREF. Display ON enables displaying data received from the host. Display OFF disables displaying data received from the host. HREF specifies a bitmap to display instead data received from the host, if any. Specify the file as follows: Display "<Link HREF=file://\te2000\ball.bmp></Link>" The bitmap appears on the screen using its actual dimensions and is not adjusted to fit the screen. No further screen updates occur until a Display ON command is executed in the auto-login script file.

82

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Input
This is called with two parameters: a character string enclosed in quotes used as a user prompt. a string variable name indicating where the text string is stored.

InputHidden
Same as the Input script command except that user input is echoed as a string of asterisks.

HostName
HostName is case-sensitive and must be presented as mixed-case letters. HostName is followed by a character string enclosed in quotes. The character string can be a host name or an asterisk. The HostName command acts as an IF clause. If the host name matches, the following section of the script file is executed up to the next HostName command. If an asterisk is used, it matches any host name. Note: If a session (friendly) name is entered, then this is used in place of the host name or server IP name to section off the auto-login script.

WaitFor
Wait for a list of up to ten strings. Strings must be enclosed in quotes, separated by a comma, and cannot exceed 20 characters in length.

Send
Sends a character string enclosed in quotes or a string variable to the host. The character string enclosed in quotes can have an embedded control key in the ITE application.

Pause xxxxx
Delays the computer for x milliseconds, halting computer operation from receiving and processing for the duration specified.

PromptSessionStart
If this variable is defined and set to any value other than 0, the application prompts the user to press Enter: before starting a Telnet session with the host. when the connection to the host is lost.

Do not put quotes around the variable. This prompt does not appear when you use auto-login restart, since doing so does not close an existing connection.

Restart x
Restarts the autologin script file. The x is a dummy argument.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

83

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

KeyBoard 0
Disables the keyboard. Keypresses are ignored.

KeyBoard 1
Enables the keyboard. Keypresses are processed. The keyboard is enabled by default. Note: The KeyBoard command names are case-sensitive. If these command names are not entered correctly, you get a syntax error on the incorrect line. Note: Input the KeyBoard 0 or KeyBoard 1 command into the auto-login script file after the PromptSessionStart command (if present) and after the HostName command (if present) but before any other HostName command in the file.

# (pound symbol)
Documents the script file. Text following a # (pound) symbol is considered a comment unless the # symbol is in a quoted string.

Using Auto-Login Search Strings

Conditions for auto-login search strings are as follows: Searches are case-sensitive. Maximum search string length is 20 characters. Each WaitFor command searches the entire screen from the top.

Use line wrapping to look for unique strings. If a screen from the host has multiples of the word you are looking for, use the preceding spaces to identify a unique string. Example: If the screen sent to the computer is:
Linux rlogin 2.4.6 login

The autologin script would be:

PromptSessionStart=1 HostName "*" #wait for host login screen and send login and password WaitFor "login" Send "billy<ENTER>" WaitFor "password" Send "letmein<ENTER>"

Using Control Characters

To include control characters in your auto-login script file, all control characters must be enclosed by < > (angle brackets). Note: Some control characters may be represented by their hexadecimal values.

84

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

3270 Control Characters for Auto-Login Script File

Control Character <CLEAR> <CUR_DN> <CUR_LF> <CUR_RT> <CUR_UP> <DEL> <ENTER> <ERS_EOF> <F1> - <F24> <HOME> Definition Clear Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right Cursor Up Delete Enter Erase EOF Function keys Home Control Character <INS> <LTAB> <NEWLN> <PA1> <PA2> <PA3> <RESET> <RTAB> <SPACE> Definition Insert Left Tab New Line PA1 PA2 PA3 Error reset Right Tab Space

5250 Control Characters for Auto-Login Script File

Control Character <ATTN> <CLEAR> <CUR_DN> <CUR_LF> <CUR_RT> <CUR_UP> <DEL> <ENTER> <ERS_EOF> <F1> - <F24> Definition Attention Clear Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right Cursor Up Delete Enter Erase Input Function keys Control Character <HOME> <INS> <LTAB> <NEWLN> <RESET> <ROLL_DOWN> <ROLL_UP> <RTAB> <SPACE> Definition Home Insert Left Tab New Line Error Reset Roll Down Roll Up Right Tab Space

VT/ANSI Control Characters for Auto-Login Script File

Control Character <ACK> <BEL> Definition Acknowledgment Bell Control Character <F1> - <F20> <F21> Definition Function keys Toggles from Character mode/ Line Edit (block) mode Form Feed File Separator Group Separator Horizontal Tab Insert Line Feed Left Tab Negative Acknowledge

<BS> <CAN> <CR> <CUR_DN> <CUR_LF> <CUR_RT> <CUR_UP> <DC1>

Backspace Cancel Carriage Return Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right Cursor Up Device Control 1 (XON)

<FF> <FS> <GS> <HT> <INS> <LF> <LTAB> <NAK>

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

85

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

VT/ANSI Control Characters for Auto-Login Script File (continued)

Control Character <DC2> <DC3> <DC4> <DEL> <DLE> <EM> <ENQ> <ENTER> <EOT> <ESC> <ETB> <ETX> Definition Device Control 2 Device Control 3 (XOFF) Device Control Delete Data Link Escape End of Medium Enquiry Enter End of Transmission Escape End Transmission Block End of Text Control Character <NUL> <RS> <RTAB> <SI> <SO> <SOH> <SPACE> <STX> <SUB> <SYN> <US> <VT> Definition Null, or all zeros Record Separator Right Tab Shift In Shift Out Start of Heading Space Start of Text Substitute Synchronous Idle Unit Separator Vertical Tab

Loading the Auto-Login Script File

After you create an auto-login script, copy the file to your computer. For more information on copying files, see the user manual for your computer. To ensure that your customized files (such as AutoLog.scr, remap.cfg, te_settings.ini, or cfglit.dat) are executed, you need to copy the files to the directory where the ITE executable is stored. If the same file exists in more than one location, only the file stored in the directory with the highest precedence will be executed. The other files will be ignored. The order of precedence is: 1 In the directory with the executable (\System\ITEData for CV41 running Windows CE, or \Program Files\Intermec\ITE for all other computers). 2 In the root of the Secure Digital card, if present. 3 In the Flash File Store, if present. 4 In the computer root directory.

Disabling the Auto-Login Feature

To disable auto-login, rename or delete the AutoLog.scr file. Renaming the file ensures that you can use the same auto-login script file later by changing the name back to AutoLog.scr. To enable a new script file, rename a different script file to AutoLog.scr. Follow this procedure to rename or delete the auto-login script file. To rename or delete the auto-login file 1 Open an ActiveSync connection to the computer. 2 Browse to the auto-login file. 3 Right-click the file and select Delete from the popup menu. The file is deleted. Or, select Rename from the popup menu and rename the file to disable the feature.

86

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Sample Auto-Login Script Files

You can use these sample script files as they are or as the starting point for creating your own auto-login script files. Example 1: Auto-Login With All Computers Using the Same Account
#Use this #Wait for #Send the #Wait for #Send the to log into any host the login prompt user name the password prompt password HostName "*" WaitFor "login:" Send "username<NEWLN>" WaitFor "Password:" Send "letmein<ENTER>"

The HostName command matches the host the user accesses. The WaitFor command waits for a string to be displayed by the host. WaitFor takes up to 10 strings, 20 characters long. The strings must be enclosed in quotes and separated by a comma. The first Send command sends a fixed user name, the second Send sends a fixed password. Angle brackets < and > can enclose uppercase mnemonics or hexadecimal values.
#Prompt for user name #Prompt for password #Prompt for host name #Wait for login prompt #Send the user name #Send a carriage return #Wait for password prompt #Send the users password #Send a carriage return

Example 2:

Auto-Login With Different User Names and Passwords

Input "Enter user name", username InputHidden "Enter password", password HostName "*" WaitFor "login:" Send username Send "<NEWLN>" WaitFor "Password:" Send password Send "<ENTER>"

The Input and Send commands use input variables. Input commands require a prompt string followed by a comma and a variable name in which to store the string. The InputHidden command displays * in place of any characters the user types. Place all Input commands before the first HostName command. The Send command only accepts a single argument, so you need two Send commands to send the user name and a carriage return.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

87

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Example 3:

Auto-Login to an Application Example 3 modifies the script file in Example 2. The additional modification (which starts with WaitFor Main Menu) allows you to move automatically to an application after logging in.

Input "Enter user name", username InputHidden "Enter Password", password HostName "*" WaitFor "login:" Send username Send "<NEWLN>" WaitFor "Password:" Send password Send "<ENTER>" WaitFor "Main Menu" Send "3" Send "<ENTER>" WaitFor "Wip Menu" Send "1" Send "<ENTER>"

#Prompt for user name #Prompt for password #Wait #Send #Send #Wait #Send #Send #Wait for login prompt the user name a carriage return for password prompt the users password a carriage return for the main menu

#Pick option 3 from menu #Await work-in-process menu #Pick option 1 from menu

Example 4:

Auto-Login With Variable Processing

#Prompt for user name #Prompt for password #Use script portion for BigHost #Wait for the user prompt #Send the user name #Send a carriage return #Wait for password prompt #Send the users password #Send a carriage return #Match any host name #Wait for login prompt #Send the user name #Send a carriage return #Wait for password prompt #Send the users password #Send a carriage return #Wait for the main menu #Pick option 3 from menu #Await work-in-process menu #Pick option 1 from menu

Input "Enter user name", username InputHidden "Enter Password", password HostName "BigHost" WaitFor User:" Send username Send "<NEWLN>" WaitFor "Password:" Send password Send "<ENTER>" HostName "*" WaitFor "login:" Send username Send "<NEWLN>" WaitFor "Password:" Send password Send "<ENTER>" WaitFor "Main Menu" Send "3" Send "<ENTER>" WaitFor "Wip Menu" Send "1" Send "<ENTER>"

A section for the host name BigHost is added to the beginning of the script file. If you log into any host other than BigHost, the script file starts at the HostName * line. This allows for different processing on each host.

88

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Restarting the Auto-Login

Restarts the auto-login script file from the correct HostName statement in the script file when a host session is broken. For this command to work, the WaitFor string must match the last data sent from the host. For example, if the WaitFor string is the login prompt login: with a space after the colon, the WaitFor string must include a space for the auto-login restart to work. To use the Auto-Login Restart command, press the keys listed in Appendix B, Using the Computer Keypad. If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled on the computer, you can also scan the following bar code:
Auto-Login Restart

*/EALRS*
*%ALRS*

Note: Code 39 Full ASCII is disabled by default. Use Intermec Settings to enable this feature.

Creating a Custom Parameter File

At startup, ITE uses parameter settings found in the te_settings.ini file. These parameter settings become the default (cold start) configuration for the computer. You can customize this setup file to preset almost any parameter you can set from the ITE configuration menus. Note: Currently, Intermec does not support the imager via the Barcode Parms section described in Chapter 3. There are also some limitations to the laser implementation. If the next message (or similar) appears when you access ITE on your Intermec computer, tap OK to close the message.
ITE Image Scanner Barcode Parms menu options NOT supported!

Upgrading from Config.dat Configuration

Note that the settings from the config.dat file are the same as the settings for the te_settings.ini file. For example, the config.dat setting:
[Host A].Host

appears as:
session_1|host_a|host = 136.179.84.76

in the te_settings.ini file. All values follow the [iccu values] section and use the pipe character to separate the names. The settings and literals are the same as the old config.dat with the exception of the use of the different naming convention using the pipe (|). Below are a few values from the config.dat file as they appear in the te_settings.ini file.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

89

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

[iccu values] session_1|host_a|host = 136.179.84.76 session_1|host_a|port_number = 23 session_1|destructive_bs = 0

TE_Settings.ini Configuration
"enable_sip" = 0 or 1

This enables or disables the interaction between ITE and the onscreen keyboard. If the value is 1, ITE displays the SIP when it starts and when it gains focus. If the value is 0, ITE does not display the SIP.
"sip_settings" = {674EC110-EFF0-47D3-B828-CDB2A6CCD3EB}

This is a GUID (globally unique identifier) identifying the SIP that the ITE application is to use by default. This can be the GUID of any registered SIP in the system. These are for debugging purposes only. They inform which version of ITE created the te_settings.ini file. For example, these values could be: program_name = IntermTE program_version = 1.0

TE_Settings.ini Parameter Formats

Each parameter in the setup file is followed by one of three different formats that indicates the type of parameter and the values it can contain. Formats are as follows: Literal strings: a list of fixed values to select from. For example, Session 1 or 2 may qualify Screen Mode. It may take the value Center Cursor, Corner Mode, Page Mode, Lazy Mode, or Locked Mode. Session 1 is the default qualifier. These configuration lines are valid: screen_mode = Lazy Mode; session_1|screen_mode = Lazy Mode; session_2|screen_mode = Lazy Mode; Numeric parameters with minimum and maximum values. Parameters can be either decimal or hexadecimal: Decimal parameters consist of digits 0 through 9. Hexadecimal parameters consist of 0x or 0X, followed by 1 to 4 digits of 0 through 9, a through f, or A through F. These are equivalent: 160, 0xA0, and 0Xa0.

For example, Port Number is a variable with a range of 0 to 65535. These lines are valid: port_number = 1; session_1|host_a|port_number = 1; session_2|host_a|port_number = 1;

90

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

String parameters: variables with specific or minimum and maximum lengths. For example, Program Name is unqualified. It must have eight characters. These configuration lines are valid: program_name = ABCDEFGH; program_name = IntermTE;

TE_Settings.ini Parameters and Qualifiers

This section lists each parameter and valid values. To use the default value for qualifiers that have a default, omit the parameter from the parameter setup file. Parameters in the setup file apply to all computers unless otherwise noted. Note: If parameters are duplicated, an error is not generated. Instead, the computer processes the entire file and uses the last entered value of the duplicated parameter. The cfglit.dat file specifies the text of setup menus or system messages. Parameters and qualifier strings in the setup file assume the default cfglit.dat is used. For instructions on how to change this file, see Changing Text in Menus, Messages, and Settings on page 116.

Setup Parameters
Setup Parameter Options and Descriptions
Option Authentication Options Session [1], 2, 3, 4 host_a|auth_option host_b|auth_option host_c|auth_option Values 0 = None 1 = Server CA certificate is provided 2 = Client certificate is provided 3 = Server CA and client certificates are provided 4 = Client private key is provided 5 = Server CA and client private key are provided 6 = Client certificate and private key are provided 7 = Server CA, client certificate, and client private key are provided Default Value 0

Character Set

host_a|charset host_b|charset host_c|charset host_a|code_page host_b|code_page host_c|code_page host_a|data_stream (default) host_b|data_stream host_c|data_stream host_a|host (default) host_b|host host_c|host host_a|keyalive_key host_b|keyalive_key host_c|keyalive_key

Numeric. Sets the character set. For valid values, see 697 About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. Numeric. Sets the code page. For valid values, see About the Keyboard Type, Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. 1 = 3270 2 = 5250 3 = VT/ANSI String of up to 64 characters. 037

Code Page

Data Stream

VT/ANSI

Host Name

Null

KeyAlive Key

Numeric. Range is 0 to 120. For valid values, see About the KeyAlive Function on page 34.

0 (disabled)

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

91

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Setup Parameter Options and Descriptions (continued)

Option KeyAlive Timer Session [1], 2, 3, 4 host_a|keyalive_timer host_b|keyalive_timer host_c|keyalive_timer host_a|keyboard_type host_b|keyboard_type host_c|keyboard_type host_a|clientcertpassword host_b|clientcertpassword host_c|clientcertpassword host_a|clientpkeypassword host_b|clientpkeypassword host_c|clientpkeypassword host_a|servercertpassword host_b|servercertpassword host_c|servercertpassword host_a|server_cert host_b|server_cert host_c|server_cert host_a|client_cert host_b|client_cert host_c|client_cert host_a|clientpvtkey host_b|clientpvtkey host_c|clientpvtkey host_a|port_number host_b|port_number host_c|port_number host_a|printer_address host_b|printer_address host_c|printer_address host_a|printer_port host_b|printer_port host_c|printer_port host_a|protocol host_b|protocol host_c|protocol host_a|ssh_password host_b|ssh_password host_c|ssh_password Values Numeric. Range is 0 to 120. For valid values, see About the KeyAlive Function on page 34. Default Value 0 (disabled)

Keyboard Type

Alphabetic. Sets the language for the keyboard. For USB (United States and valid values, see About the Keyboard Type, Canada) Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. Password for P12 format certificate. String of 0 to 50 characters. For other formats this field is discarded. Null

Password for client certificate Password for client private key Password for server certificate Path to server certificate Path to client certificate Path to client private key Port Number

Password for P12 format private key. String of 0 to Null 260 characters. For other formats this field is discarded. Password for P12 format certificate. String of 0 to 50 characters. For other formats this field is discarded. Path to Server CA certificate. String of 0 to 260 characters. Path to client certificate. String of 0 to 260 characters. Path to client private key. String of 0 to 260 characters. Numeric. Range is 0 to 65535. Null

Null

Null

Null

23

Printer Address

String of up to 16 characters.

Null

Printer Port

Numeric. Range is 0 to 65535.

23

Protocol

0 = Telnet 1 = SSH 2 = SSL 4 = TGAP 6 = TGAP SSL String of 0 to 80 characters.

0 (Telnet)

SSH Password

Null

92

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Setup Parameter Options and Descriptions (continued)

Option SSH Username Session [1], 2, 3, 4 host_a|ssh_username host_b|ssh_username host_c|ssh_username host_a|ssh_private_key host_b|ssh_private_key host_c|ssh_private_key host_a|ssh_key_passphrase host_b|ssh_key_passphrase host_c|ssh_key_passphrase host_a|receive_lf_as_crlf host_b|receive_lf_as_crlf host_c|receive_lf_as_crlf host_a|ssl_certificate host_b|ssl_certificate host_c|ssl_certificate Values String of 0 to 80 characters. Default Value Null

SSH Private Key

String of 0 to 80 characters.

Null

SSH Key Passphrase Receive LF as CRLF SSL Certificates

String of 0 to 80 characters.

Null

0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled 0 = None 1 = Server cert 2 = Client cert 3 = Server cert and client cert 6 = Client cert and private key 7 = Server cert, client cert, and private key Numeric. Range is 0 to 127.

Unit Number (same as radio number) Use WWAN

host_a|unit_# host_b|unit_# host_c|unit_# host_a|use_wwan host_b|use_wwan host_c|use_wwan

127

0 = Disabled 1 = Exclusive 2 = Primary 3 = Secondary

Server-Specific Options and Descriptions

Server-Specific Options and Descriptions
Option Character set Session [1], 2, 3, 4 server_a|charset server_b|charset server_c|charset server_a|client_cert server_b|client_cert server_c|client_cert Values Default Value

For valid values, see About the Keyboard Type, 697 Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 260 characters. N/A

Client certificate

Client private key server_a|client_pvtkey server_b|client_pvtkey server_c|client_pvtkey Client certificate password server_a|clientcertpassword server_b|clientcertpassword server_c|clientcertpassword

Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 260 characters.

N/A

Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 50 characters.

N/A

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

93

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Server-Specific Options and Descriptions (continued)

Option Session [1], 2, 3, 4 Values Default Value N/A

Client private key server_a|clientpkeypassword Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 50 characters. password server_b|clientpkeypassword server_c|clientpkeypassword Code page server_a|code_page server_b|code_page server_c|code_page

For valid values, see About the Keyboard Type, 037 Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. Numeric. Range is 0 to 255. 12

Disconnect value server_a|disconnect_val server_b|disconnect_val server_c|disconnect_val Emulation server_a|emulation server_b|emulation server_c|emulation server_a|keyboard_type server_b|keyboard_type server_c|keyboard_type server_a|printer_address server_b|printer_address server_c|printer_address server_a|printer_port server_b|printer_port server_c|printer_port server_a|security server_b|security server_c|security server_a|server_cert server_b|server_cert server_c|server_cert server_a|server_ip server_b|server_ip server_c|server_ip server_a|servercertpassword server_b|servercertpassword server_c|servercertpassword server_a|ssh_password server_b|ssh_password server_c|ssh_password server_a|ssh_username server_b|ssh_username server_c|ssh_username server_a|ssl_certificates server_b|ssl_certificates server_c|ssl_certificates

3270 5250 VT/ANSI

VT/ANSI

Keyboard type

For valid values, see About the Keyboard Type, USB (United States Charset, and Code Page Options on page 27. and Canada) Numeric. Valid IP address. None

Print device

Printer port

Numeric. Range is 0 to 65535.

23

Security

None SSH SSL Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 260 characters.

None

Server certificate

N/A

UDP Plus server IP Server certificate password SSH password

Numeric. Valid IP address. This setting is used only when UDP Plus is enabled. Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 50 characters.

None.

N/A

Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 80 characters.

Null string

SSH username

Alphanumeric. Range is 0 to 80 characters.

Null string

SSL certificates

None Server Cert Client Cert Server Cert and Client Cert

94

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Bar Code Parameters

Bar Code Parameter Descriptions
Parameter BC Type Concatenate MOD 10 Check Scan All Fields Scan Postamble Character Scan Preamble Character Scanner Type Session [1], 2, 3, 4 bc_type_char concatenate mod_10_check scan_all_flds scan_postchar scan_prechar scanner_type Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Numeric. Range is 0 to 255. Numeric. Range is 0 to 255. 1 = Disabled 8 = Enabled for Plessey 16 = Enabled for UPC 17 = Enabled for EAN 32 = Enabled for Codabar 40 = Enabled for Code 39 49 = Enabled for Straight 2 of 5 50 = Enabled for Interleaved 2 of 5 51 = Enabled for CI 2 of 5 56 = Enabled for Code 11 64 = Enabled for Code 128 72 = Enabled for Code 93 Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 32 32 Disabled

Stream Scan Use Wedge Mode

stream_scan use_wedge_mode

Disabled Disabled

Bar Code Symbology Parameters

Bar Code Symbology Parameter Descriptions
Symbology Codabar Code 11 Code 39 Code 93 Code 128 Computer Identics 2 of 5 EAN Interleaved 2 of 5 Plessey Straight 2 of 5 UPC Session [1], 2, 3, 4 codabar code_11 code_39 code_93 code_128 ci_2of5 ean int_2of5 plessey str_2of5 upc Values When enabled, scanner_type is 32. When enabled, scanner_type is 56. When enabled, scanner_type is 40. When enabled, scanner_type is 72. When enabled, scanner_type is 64. When enabled, scanner_type is 51. When enabled, scanner_type is 17. When enabled, scanner_type is 50. When enabled, scanner_type is 8. When enabled, scanner_type is 49. When enabled, scanner_type is 16. Default Value 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled) 1 (Disabled)

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

95

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Generic Bar Code Options

Note: Generic bar code options must be qualified by one of the bar code symbology strings. For example: session_1|upc|max_length = 13;. Generic Bar Code Option Descriptions
Option Drop Leading Session [1], 2, 3, 4 upc|drop_leading ean|drop_leading code_128|drop_leading code_39|drop_leading codabar|drop_leading abc_codabar|drop_leading str_2of5|drop_leading int_2of5|drop_leading ci_2of5|drop_leading code_11|drop_leading code_93|drop_leading plessey|drop_leading upc|drop_trailing ean|drop_trailing code_128|drop_trailing code_39|drop_trailing codabar|drop_trailing abc_codabar|drop_trailing str_2of5|drop_trailing int_2of5|drop_trailing ci_2of5|drop_trailing code_11|drop_trailing code_93|drop_trailing plessey|drop_trailing upc|fix_length_1 ean|fix_length_1 code_128|fix_length_1 code_39|fix_length_1 codabar|fix_length_1 abc_codabar|fix_length_1 str_2of5|fix_length_1 int_2of5|fix_length_1 ci_2of5|fix_length_1 code_11|fix_length_1 code_93|fix_length_1 plessey|fix_length_1 Values Numeric. Range is 0 to 15. Default Value 0

Drop Trailing

Numeric. Range is 0 to 15.

Fixed Length 1

Numeric. Range is 0 to 99.

96

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Generic Bar Code Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Fixed Length 2 Session [1], 2, 3, 4 upc|fix_length_2 ean|fix_length_2 code_128|fix_length_2 code_39|fix_length_2 codabar|fix_length_2 abc_codabar|fix_length_2 str_2of5|fix_length_2 int_2of5|fix_length_2 ci_2of5|fix_length_2 code_11|fix_length_2 code_93|fix_length_2 plessey|fix_length_2 upc|fix_length_3 ean|fix_length_3 code_128|fix_length_3 code_39|fix_length_3 codabar|fix_length_3 abc_codabar|fix_length_3 str_2of5|fix_length_3 int_2of5|fix_length_3 ci_2of5|fix_length_3 code_11|fix_length_3 code_93|fix_length_3 plessey|fix_length_3 upc|fix_length_4 ean|fix_length_4 code_128|fix_length_4 code_39|fix_length_4 codabar|fix_length_4 abc_codabar|fix_length_4 str_2of5|fix_length_4 int_2of5|fix_length_4 ci_2of5|fix_length_4 code_11|fix_length_4 code_93|fix_length_4 plessey|fix_length_4 upc|max_length ean|max_length code_128|max_length code_39|max_length codabar|max_length abc_codabar|max_length str_2of5|max_length int_2of5|max_length ci_2of5|max_length code_11|max_length code_93|max_length plessey|max_length Values Numeric. Range is 0 to 99. Default Value 0

Fixed Length 3

Numeric. Range is 0 to 99.

Fixed Length 4

Numeric. Range is 0 to 99.

Maximum Length

Numeric. Range is 0 to 99.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

97

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Generic Bar Code Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Minimum Length Session [1], 2, 3, 4 upc|min_length ean|min_length code_128|min_length code_39|min_length codabar|min_length abc_codabar|min_length str_2of5|min_length int_2of5|min_length ci_2of5|min_length code_11|min_length code_93|min_length plessey|min_length Values Numeric. Range is 0 to 99. Default Value 0

UPC Options
UPC Option Descriptions
Option Add-On 2 Add-On 5 Expand E to A System 0 UPCE System 1 UPCE Session [1], 2, 3, 4 upc|add-on_2 upc|add-on_5 upc|expand_e_to_a upc|sys_0_upce upc|sys_1_upce Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

EAN Options
EAN Option Descriptions
Option Add-On 2 Add-On 5 Expand 8 to 13 Session [1], 2, 3, 4 ean|add-on_2 ean|add-on_5 ean|expand_8to13 Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Disabled Disabled Disabled

Code 39 Options
Code 39 Option Descriptions
Option Auto-Encoded Check Digit Encoded Encoded Save Full ASCII Session [1], 2, 3, 4 auto-encoded code_39|chk_digit encoded encoded_save code_39|full_ascii Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

98

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Code 11, Interleaved 2 of 5, and Plessey Options

Code 11, Interleaved 2 of 5, and Plessey Option Descriptions
Option Code 11 Check Digit 1 Interleaved 2 of 5 Chk Digit Plessey MOD 10 Check Session [1], 2, 3, 4 code_11|chk_dig_1 int_2of5 plessey|mod10_chk Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Disabled Disabled Disabled

Code 128 Options

Code 128 Option Descriptions
Option No UCC Type UCC/EAN UCC F1 Value Session [1], 2, 3, 4 code_128|no_ucc_type code_128|ucc/ean code_128|ucc_f1_value Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Numeric. Range is 0 to 255. Default Value Disabled Disabled 0

Generic Protocol Options

Generic Protocol Option Descriptions
Option Allow Negotiate About Window Size (NAWS) Auto Enter Scan Auto Tab Scan Auto Wrap Extended Commands Host View Columns Session [1], 2, 3, 4 allow_naws auto_entr_scn auto_tab_scan auto_wrap extended_cmds host_view_cols Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. 1-80 (3270) 80,132 (5250) 80 (VT/ANSI) Default Value Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled NA

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

99

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

3270 Protocol Options

3270 Protocol Option Descriptions
Option Allow Alias Any Auto Enter Auto Enter Scan Bright (BRT) Auto Enter Device Name ESC Key Definition Enable 3278E Keyboard Unlock Origin Set Skip Field Exit Use Color Session [1], 2, 3, 4 3270_allow_alias any_auto_enter auto_entr_scn brt_auto_enter 3270_device_name Esc_definition enable_3278e keybrd_unlock origin_set skip_fldexit 3270_use_color Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. String of 0 to 30 characters. 0 (Reset Key) 1 (Clear Key) 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Null 0 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

5250 Protocol Options

5250 Protocol Option Descriptions
Option 3477-Fx Mode Allow Alias Allow RTL Beep On Error Device Name Destructive BS Enable Half-Width Double-Byte Chars Hide SISO Chars Lock Error Message Scan AutoEnter Scan Length Error Skip Field Exit Use Color Session [1], 2, 3, 4 3477-fx_mode 5250_allow_alias allow_rtl beep_on_error devicename destructive_bs enable_half-width_double_byte_chars hide_siso_chars lock_error_msg scan_autoenter scan_lengtherr skip_fldexit use_color Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. String of length 0 to 30 characters. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Disabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Null Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

100

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

VT/ANSI Protocol Options

VT/ANSI Protocol Option Descriptions
Option Allow LineMode AnswerBack Session [1], 2, 3, 4 allow_linemode answerback Values Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Enabled

Computer serial String of length 0 to 30 characters. Use wildcards to represent multiple characters. For number more information, see About the Answerback Character String on page 49. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Numeric or Application Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. 1 = 1200 2 = 2400 3 = 4800 4 = 9600 5 = 19200 6 = 57600 7 = 115200 7 or 8 0 = NONE 1 = DTR 2 = XON/XOFF 78 = NONE 79 = ODD 80 = EVEN 1 or 2 Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. 7-Bit or 8-Bit String of length 0 to 30 characters. 0 = ANSI 1 = VT100 2 = VT220 3 = VT320 4 = VT340 5 = IBM 330x Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Numeric Disabled Disabled 9600

CR to CRLF DEL to BS Discrete Bells Do Gold Key Do UTF-8 Ignore Data Logic Extensions Keypad Mode Local Echo Lock Mode RS232 Baudrate

cr_to_crlf del_to_bs discrete_bells do_gold_key do_utf8 ignore_dl_ext keypad_mode local_echo lock_mode rs232_baudrate

RS232 DataBits RS232 Flow

rs232_databits rs232_flow

8 NONE

RS232 Parity

rs232_parity

NONE

RS232 StopBits Screen Lock Send XON Terminal Mode Terminal Type Terminal Setup

rs232_stopbits screen_lock send_xon terminal_mode terminal_id term_setup

1 Disabled Enabled 7-Bit Null string, undefined VT340

Transmit BS Use PC Character Set User Key Locked

transmit_bs use_pc_char_set userkey_locked

Disabled Disabled Disabled

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

101

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

VT/ANSI Protocol Option Descriptions (continued)

Option VT Cursor Mode VT220 Mode Session [1], 2, 3, 4 vt_cursor_mode vt220_mode Values 0 = Cursor 1 = Application 128 = Character 130 = Block Default Value Cursor Char

Display Options
Display Option Descriptions
Option Alternate Screen Sizes Session [1], 2, 3, 4 alt1_screen_cols = 25 alt1_screen_rows = 16 alt2_screen_cols = 30 alt2_screen_rows = 18 alt3_screen_cols = 0 alt3_screen_rows = 0 alt4_screen_cols = 0 alt4_screen_rows = 0 alt5_screen_cols = 0 alt5_screen_rows = 0 Values Numeric. Range as follows: 70 Series: Rows: 8 to 24 Columns: 10 to 80 CV41, CV61: Rows: 8 to 27 Columns: 10 to 132 All other computers: Rows: 8 to 21 Columns: 10 to 32 For all computers, use 0 to disable alternate screens. 1 = English 2 = Cyrillic (Russian), 3 = Greek 4 = Hebrew 5 = Central Europe 6 = Latin 2 7 = Turkish, 8 = Cyrillic Win (Russian) 9= Arabic 10 = Western Europe 0 = Underln Blink 2 = Underline 3 = Block 9 = Block Blink Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. English Default Value

Code Page

code_page

Cursor Mode

cursor_mode

Block

Func Hotspot Ignore Bold Ignore CnrTaps Menu Hotspot Select Font

func_hotspot ignore_bold ignore_cnrtaps menu_hotspot select_font

Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled

0 (Lucida Console) 0 = Lucida Console 1 = Courier New 2 = Courier New Bold 3 = Courier New Bold Italic Enabled or Disabled. Disabled

URL Hotspots

url_hotspots

102

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Miscellaneous Options
Miscellaneous Option Descriptions
Option Allow Phone Operation Session [1], 2, 3, 4 allow_phone_operation Values 0 = Dont allow 1 = Allow Default Value 0 (CN50 and CS40 only)

If this is changed to Allow at runtime, a message appears prompting you to warm boot the computer to enable the phone. Background Color Change Menu Password background_rgb|blue background_rgb|green background_rgb|red change_menu_password Numeric. Range is 0 to 255. 0

3193693 String of 1 to 10 characters. You must enable and set the password before you can change it. Use Main Menu Password to enable the password. 0 = COM1 1 = COM2 (CV41, CV61 only) Enabled or Disabled. Numeric. Range is 0 to 255. COM1 Disabled 255

Com Select Extended Commands Foreground Color Main Menu Password

com_select extended_cmds foreground_rgb|blue foreground_rgb|green foreground_rgb|red menu_password

Enabled or Disabled. You must enable and Disabled set the password to access the Main Menu. Use Change menu password to set the password. String of 1 to 10 characters. 0 = RS232 Print 1 = IRDA Print 2 = Network Print 3 = Bluetooth Print String of 0 to 16 characters. Enabled or Disabled. 0 = Local 1 = Remote 0 = No access to Wireless Printer wizard 1 = Launch Wireless Printer wizard cr52401 RS232 Print: CV41, CV61 only IRDA Print: CK70, CK71, CN70 only Bluetooth Print: All other computers Null Disabled Local: CK3, CN3 Remote: CV41 0

Setup Parms Password Print Device

password print_device

Reader Address RFID Enabled RFID Setup Wireless Printing Wireless Scanning

reader_address rfid_enabled rfid_setup wireless_printing wireless_scanning

0 = No access to Wireless Scanning wizard 0 1 = Launch Wireless Scanning wizard

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

103

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

LCD Options
LCD Option Descriptions
Option Annunciator Position Session [1], 2, 3, 4 annun_position Values 1 = Upper right (vertical) 2 = Lower right (vertical) 4 = Lower left (vertical) 8 = Upper left (vertical) 16 = Stealth (annunciator not visible) 129 = Upper right (horizontal) 130 = Lower right (horizontal) 132 = Lower left (horizontal) 136 = Upper left (horizontal) Numeric. Range is 1 to 24. Numeric. Range is 1 to 80. Enabled or Disabled. Numeric. Range is as follows: 70 Series: 10 to 80 CV41, CV61: 10 to 132 All other computers: 10 to 32 0 = Center Cursor 1 = Corner Mode 2 = Page Mode 3 = Lazy Mode 4 = Locked Mode Numeric. Range is as follows: 70 Series: 8 to 24 CV41, CV61: 8 to 27 All other computers: 8 to 21 0 = Scroll Setting 1 = Screen Size 8 = Tab Size Numeric. Range is 0 to 79. Numeric. Range is 0 to 23. Default Value Stealth: CV41, CV61 only Lower right: all other computers

Define Height (Scroll Window) Define Width (Scroll Window) Key Uppercase Screen Columns

define_height define_width key_uppercase screen_cols

8 8 Disabled 20

Screen Mode

screen_mode

Corner Mode

Screen Rows

screen_rows

10

Scroll Window

scroll_window

Tab Size

XOrigin YOrigin

xorigin yorigin

0 0

104

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Non-Session-Specific Parameters
Non-Session Specific Parameter Descriptions
Parameters Enable Exit Password Exit Password Enable SIP Session [1], 2, 3, 4 enable_exit_password exit_password enable_sip Values 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled String of length 0 to 10 characters. 0 = ITE does not display the SIP onscreen 1 = ITE displays SIP when it starts and gains focus 0 = false (UDP Plus disabled, TCP/IP enabled) 1 = true (UDP Plus enabled) 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled 0 = Session 1 1 = Session 2 2 = Session 3 3 = Session 4 Enabled or Disabled. 0 = Disabled (ITE auto-starts when the computer is restarted) 1 = Enabled (ITE does not auto-start when the computer is rebooted) Enabled or Disabled. Default Value 0 cr52401 0 (CK3, CV41, CV61) 1 (CN3, CN4, CN50, CS40) 0 0 0

Enable UDP Plus Focus via Touch Panel Foreground Session

enable_udp+ focus_via_touch_panel foreground_sess

Key Event No auto-start

key_event no_auto-start

Disabled Enabled for CV41 and CV61. Disabled for all other computers. Enabled for CV41. Disabled for all other computers. Disabled Disabled 0

No Lockdown

no_lockdown

No ScanAhead OOR Monitor Pan via Touch Panel

no_scanahead oor_monitor pan_via_touch_panel

Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. 0 = Disabled 1 = Viewport mode 2 = Screen mode Enabled or Disabled. String of length 1 to 8 characters.

ParmsBySession

parmsbysession

Disabled IntermTE

program_name Program Name (appears on initialization and version screens) program_version Program Version (appears on initialization and version screens) Return Result (test feature) Setup Parms Password SIP Alignment return_result

String of length 1 to 16 characters.

NA

Enabled or Disabled. If disabled, extended commands (#K only) do not return results to the host application. String of 1 to 10 characters. 0 = Center 1 = Left 2 = Right

Enabled

password sip_alignment

cr52401 0 (CV41 running WES, CV61) Not supported by other computers.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

105

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Non-Session Specific Parameter Descriptions (continued)

Parameters SIP Height Session [1], 2, 3, 4 sip_height Values Default Value

Numeric. Range is 125 to the maximum height 125 (CV41 running of the work area (in pixels). WES) 265 (CV61) Not supported by other computers. Numeric. Range is 400 to the maximum width 400 (CV41 running of the work area (in pixels). WES) 1000 (CV61) Not supported by other computers. Blank String of up to 260 characters specifying the application to start when you press the Trusted App toolbar button.

SIP Width

sip_width

Trusted app

trusted_app

UDP Plus Parameters

Note: These settings are in effect only when UDP Plus is enabled. For more information, see Configuring for UDP Plus on page 60. UDP Plus Parameter Descriptions
Parameters UDP Plus Server IP Session [1], 2, 3, 4 Values server_a|server_ip Numeric. Valid IP address. server_b|server_ip server_c|server_ip udp+_port max_retries wd_rcv_timeout Numeric. Range is 0 to 65535. Numeric. Range is 1 to 99. Numeric. Range is 1 to 3600. Default Value None.

UDP+ Port Maximum Retries WD Receive Timeout WD Send Timeout Acknowledgement Timeout Lower Boundary Acknowledgement Timeout Upper Boundary

5555 7 45 20 300 5000

wd_send_timeout Numeric. Range is 1 to 3600. ack_lower_bound Numeric. Range is 200 to 2000. ack_upper_bound Numeric. Range is 2000 to 60000.

Camera and Imager Parameters

Note: These settings are supported only by the 70 Series, CK3, CN3, CN4, CN50, and CS40 computers with an imager or color camera. Camera and Imager Parameter Descriptions
Option Image Folder Host IP or DNS Session [1], 2, 3, 4 image_folder host_ip_or_dns Values Path to the folder where images are stored. IP address of the host or DNS server. Default Value \my documents\my pictures NA

106

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Camera and Imager Parameter Descriptions (continued)

Option Snap UserName Snap Password Port Img Resolution Session [1], 2, 3, 4 snap_username snap_password port img_resolution Values Default Value

User name required for host access. Maximum NA of 21 characters. Password required for host access. Maximum of 21 characters. Port number to which images are sent. Resolution of saved images: 0 = Low (smallest file size) 1 = Medium 2 = High (best detail) File type for saved images: 0 = JPG format 1 = BMP format NA 21 Low

Image Type

image_type

JPG

Additional Main Menu 2 Options

Additional Main Menu 2 Option Descriptions
Options Check In License Key Event Session Name Set Hot Key Session [1], 2, 3, 4 chk_in_license key_event session_name set_hot_key Values Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. String of 0 to 64 characters. -1 = None. 4145 = F1 4146 = F2 4147 = F3 4148 = F4 4149 = F5 4150 = F6 4151 = F7 4152 = F8 4153 = F9 4193 = F10 4194 = F11 4195 = F12 4196 = F13 4197 = F14 4198 = F15 4199 = F16 4200 = F17 4201 = F18 4202 = F19 4203 = F20 4204 = F21 4205 = F22 4206 = F23 4207 = F24 Enabled or Disabled. Enabled or Disabled. Default Value Enabled Disabled Null -1 (none)

Shift F13-F24 Type-Ahead

shift_f13_f24 type-ahead

Disabled Enabled

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

107

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Toolbar Options
These options determine the presence, size, and location of icons in the Toolbar. Some items may not be available, depending on the hardware in your Intermec computer. For more information, see on page 68. Toolbar Option Descriptions
Option Battery indicator Session [1], 2, 3, 4 battery_indicator|display_on_toolbar = 1 Values 0 = Off 1 = On Default Value 0 for CV41. 1 for all other computers. Not available for CV61.

battery_indicator|button_order_(left-to-right) = 5

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 for CV41, to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). CV61. 5 for all other computers. 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

battery_indicator|button_size = 1 battery_indicator|number_of_spaces_before = 0 battery_indicator|toolbar = 0 Change font size change_font_size|display_on_toolbar = 1 change_font_size|button_order_(left-to-right) = 5 change_font_size|button_size = 1

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Bottom Toolbar 1 = Top Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1

change_font_size|number_of_spaces_before = 0 change_font_size|toolbar = 0 Exit exit|display_on_toolbar = 1

0 0 0 for all computers except CV41. 1 for CV41.

exit|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 for all to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). computers except CV41. 3 for CV41. 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1

exit|button_size = 1

exit|number_of_spaces_before = 0 exit|toolbar = 0 Hebrew mode hebrew_mode|display_on_toolbar = 1

0 0 0

108

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Toolbar Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Session [1], 2, 3, 4 hebrew_mode|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 hebrew_mode|button_size = 1 hebrew_mode|number_of_spaces_before = 0 hebrew_mode|toolbar = 0 Host host|display_on_toolbar = 0 host|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 host|button_size = 3 host|number_of_spaces_before = 0 host|toolbar = 0 Input inhibit input_inhibit|display_on_toolbar = 0 input_inhibit|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 input_inhibit|button_size = 1 input_inhibit|number_of_spaces_before = 0 input_inhibit|toolbar = 0 Insert insert|display_on_toolbar = 0 insert|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 insert|button_size = 1 insert|number_of_spaces_before = 0 insert|toolbar = 0 Intermec Browser intermec_browser|display_on_toolbar = 0 intermec_browser|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 intermec_browser|button_size = 1 intermec_browser|number_of_spaces_before = 0 intermec_browser|toolbar = 0 Keyboard status keyboard_status|display_on_toolbar = 0 keyboard_status|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 keyboard_status|button_size = 1 keyboard_status|number_of_spaces_before = 0 Values Default Value

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 3 = Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 1 0

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

109

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Toolbar Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Session [1], 2, 3, 4 keyboard_status|toolbar = 0 Keypad mode keypad_mode|display_on_toolbar = 0 keypad_mode|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 keypad_mode|button_size = 1 keypad_mode|number_of_spaces_before = 0 keypad_mode|toolbar = 0 Mail waiting mail_waiting|display_on_toolbar = 0 mail_waiting|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 mail_waiting|button_size = 1 mail_waiting|number_of_spaces_before = 0 mail_waiting|toolbar = 0 Menu settings menu_settings Values 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On Default Value 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 4723 = Session 1 4724 = Session 2 4726 = Session 3 4727 = Session 4 4912 = Session Menu 5680 = SIP Toggle 12069 = ITE Menus 12084 = Toolbar Opts 12113 = Intermec Settings 12129 = SIP Settings 12131 = Wireless Printing 12132 = Wireless Scanning 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 12069, 12113, 12084, 4723, 4724, 4726, 4727, 5680

menu_settings|display_on_toolbar = 1 menu_settings|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 menu_settings|button_size = 1 menu_settings|number_of_spaces_before = 0 menu_settings|toolbar = 0 Reader state reader_state|display_on_toolbar = 0 reader_state|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 reader_state|button_size = 1

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 1

reader_state|number_of_spaces_before = 0

110

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Toolbar Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Session [1], 2, 3, 4 reader_state|toolbar = 0 Right-to-left mode rtl_mode|display_on_toolbar = 0 rtl_mode|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 rtl_mode|button_size = 1 rtl_mode|number_of_spaces_before = 0 rtl_mode|toolbar = 0 Session 1 session_1|display_on_toolbar = 0 session_1|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 session_1|button_size = 2 Values 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On Default Value 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1 0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 2

session_1|number_of_spaces_before = 0 session_1|toolbar = 0 Session 2 session_2|display_on_toolbar = 0 session_2|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 session_2|button_size = 2

0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 2

session_2|number_of_spaces_before = 0 session_2|toolbar = 0 Session 3 session_3|display_on_toolbar = 0 session_3|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 session_3|button_size = 2

0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 2

session_3|number_of_spaces_before = 0 session_3|toolbar = 0

0 0

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

111

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Toolbar Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Session 4 Session [1], 2, 3, 4 session_4|display_on_toolbar = 0 session_4|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 session_4|button_size = 2 Values 0 = Off 1 = On Default Value 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 2

session_4|number_of_spaces_before = 0 session_4|toolbar = 0 Signal indicator signal_indicator|display_on_toolbar = 1 signal_indicator|button_order_(left-to-right) = 6 signal_indicator|button_size = 1 signal_indicator|number_of_spaces_before = 0

0 0 1

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small Range is 0 to 23. 1 5 for CV41. 6 for CV61. 4 for all other computers. 0 1

signal_indicator|toolbar = 0 SIP toggle sip_toggle|display_on_toolbar = 1 sip_toggle|button_order_(left-to-right) = 2 sip_toggle|button_size = 1

0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 2 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1

sip_toggle|number_of_spaces_before = 0 sip_toggle|toolbar = 0 SnapShot snapshot|display_on_toolbar = 0 snapshot|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 snapshot|button_size = 1

0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 1

snapshot|number_of_spaces_before = 0 snapshot|toolbar

0 0

112

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Toolbar Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Term ID Session [1], 2, 3, 4 term_id|display_on_toolbar = 0 term_id|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 term_id|button_size = 3 term_id|number_of_spaces_before = 0 term_id|toolbar = 0 Term IP term_ip|display_on_toolbar = 1 term_ip|button_order_(left-to-right) = 3 Values 0 = Off 1 = On Default Value 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 3 = Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 3 0 0 1

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 4 for CV41. to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 3 for all other computers. 3 = Large Range is 0 to 23. 3 8 for CV61. 4 for CV41. 1 for all other computers. 0 1

term_ip|button_size = 3 term_ip|number_of_spaces_before = 0

term_ip|toolbar = 0 Time time|display_on_toolbar = 1 time|button_order_(left-to-right) = 6

0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 5 for CV61. to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 6 for all other computers. 2 = Medium 3 = Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 2 0 0 0

time|button_size = 3 time|number_of_spaces_before = 0 time|toolbar = 0 Transmission mode transmission_mode|display_on_toolbar = 0

transmission_mode|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). transmission_mode|button_size = 1 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1

transmission_mode|number_of_spaces_before = 0 transmission_mode|toolbar = 0 Trusted application trusted_app|display_on_toolbar = 0 trusted_app|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1

0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar).

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

113

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Toolbar Option Descriptions (continued)

Option Session [1], 2, 3, 4 trusted_app|button_size = 1 Values 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On Default Value 1

trusted_app|number_of_spaces_before = 0 trusted_app|toolbar = 0 VOIP voip|display_on_toolbar = 0 voip|button_order_(left-to-right) = 1 voip|button_size = 1

0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 1 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1

voip|number_of_spaces_before = 0 voip|toolbar = 0 Volume down volume_down|display_on_toolbar = 0 volume_down|button_order_(left-to-right) = 4 volume_down|button_size = 1

0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 4 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 0 = Off 1 = On 1

volume_down|number_of_spaces_before = 0 volume_down|toolbar = 0 Volume up volume_up|display_on_toolbar = 0 volume_up|button_order_(left-to-right) = 3 volume_up|button_size = 1

0 0 0

Range is 1 (leftmost on Toolbar) 4 to 23 (rightmost on Toolbar). 1 = Small 2 = Medium 3 = Large 4 = X-Large 5 = XX=Large Range is 0 to 23. 0 = Primary (bottom) Toolbar 1 = Secondary (top) Toolbar 1

volume_up|number_of_spaces_before = 0 volume_up|toolbar = 0

0 0

114

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Debug Parameters
ITE_DBG controls are reserved for Intermec technical staff and disabled by default. Do not attempt to enable these controls. These debug events have no session qualifiers. dbg_3270 = 0 dbg_5250 = 0 dbg_ansi = 0 dbg_ascii = 0 dbg_autologin = 0 dbg_display = 0 dbg_ebcdic = 0 dbg_events = 0 dbg_extend = 0 dbg_hex = 0 dbg_kbd = 0 dbg_kbddbg = 0 dbg_network = 0 dbg_recv = 0 dbg_rfiddata = 0 dbg_rfiddev = 0 dbg_rpc = 0 dbg_rtc = 0 dbg_scandata = 0 dbg_scandev = 0 dbg_scanparms = 0 dbg_send = 0 dbg_settings = 0 dbg_ssh = 0 dbg_sip = 0 dbg_startup = 0 dbg_telnet = 0

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

115

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Changing Text in Menus, Messages, and Settings

To change the text in the ITE configuration menus, configuration parameters, or system messages, you modify strings in the cfglit.dat file. An identification (ID) number identifies each literal string. To create your own literal file, you create a text file that associates these numbers with the actual literal strings. You then use makelit.exe to convert the text file to a format the configuration program can use. Each line in the literal text file begins with the literal ID number. After the ID number, you type the quoted string that is used when that ID number is referenced. If you omit an ID number, its string appears as Bad Literal File when you run the program in the computer. Literal ID numbers are available upon request from Intermec. Contact your Intermec representative for more information about ID numbers. You can create a sample file containing the default literal strings using makelit.exe to reverse engineer the standard cfglit.dat file. To do this, type the following command line to unpack cfglit.dat into a cfglit.txt file:
makelit -r cfglit.dat cfglit.txt

The cfglit.txt file this command creates contains all the default strings the configuration program uses. One line in cfglit.txt looks like this:
0x2f10 "RS232\nPORT IN USE\n\nPLEASE WAIT!"

0x2f10 is the literal ID number for the RS-232 port-in-use message that appears when a personal computer sends an RS-232 command to the TE program. The message text follows the ID number in a quoted string. The embedded \n sequence within the quoted string indicates a new line character and outputs a carriage return/line feed. To change the text of the message that appears, change the quoted string. For example, change the previous line to look like this:
0x2f10 "Printing\nPlease Wait!"

When you have a text file with one line for every ID number, use makelit.exe to convert the file to an indexed literal file. If your text file is named cfglit.txt, you would type the following command which creates the new literal cfglit.dat file.
makelit cfglit.txt cfglit.dat

You must copy the new literal file to the folder where ITE was installed on the Intermec computer, and then restart ITE to make your changes active. For help with copying the file, see the computer user manual.

Preinitializing the ITE Program

To preinitialize the ITE program, you must name the 3270 initialization file as 3270.ini, the 5250 initialization file as 5250.ini, or the VT/ANSI initialization file as VT220.ini. The file is processed when you reset or warm boot the computer. The file is processed as if the radio had received the data, and must be in the on-air format.

116

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Data is encoded in binary format. To create the .ini file, you may need a hex editor or similar program.

Preinitializing the 3270 Program

3270.ini contains 3270 data stream commands and orders. Below is the format for the 3270 data stream. The information assumes you have a working knowledge of the data stream command formats or escape sequences, or both. The following 3270 commands and orders are supported: Supported 3270 Commands
Value 0xf1 0xf2 0xf3 0xf5 Command Write Read buffer Write structured field Erase write Value 0xf6 0x7e 0x6e 0x6f Command Read modified Erase write alternate Read modified all Erase all unprotected

Supported 3270 Orders

Value 0x07 0x09 0x11 0x12 0x13 Command Beep (Intermec extension) Program tab Set buffer address Erase unsupported to address Insert cursor Value 0x14 0x1d 0x1f 0x28 0x29 Command Repeat to address Start of field Scanner (Intermec extension) Set attribute Start field extended

The following example shows how to display HELLO WORLD from within a data stream initialization file. The line of hexadecimal digits represent the binary values that must be stored in the initialization files.
H E L L O W O R L D
f5 42 11 5d 7f 1d 60 11 40 40 c8 85 93 93 96 40 e6 96 99 93 84 ff ef

Buffer address Set buffer address Field type Start of eld Buffer address Set buffer address Write control character Erase/write command

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

117

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Preinitializing the 5250 Program

The following example shows how to display HELLO WORLD and beep the beeper from within a data stream initialization file. The line of hexadecimal digits represent the binary values that must be stored in the initialization files.
H E L L O W O R L D
00 1e 12 a0 00 00 04 00 00 03 04 40 04 11 60 0a 11 01 01 c8 85 93 93 96 40 e6 96 99 93 84 ff ef Set buffer address Write to display command Clear display command OpCode Flags Variable length header Reserved Record type Logical record length

Preinitializing the VT/ANSI Program

The VT220.ini file starts with a single byte that the computer ignores. This byte should always be 0 (zero). The remainder of the file contains standard computer escape sequences. The following example shows how to display HELLO WORLD and beep the beeper from within a data stream initialization file. The line of hexadecimal digits represent the binary values that must be stored in the initialization files.
H E L L O W O R L D
00 07 48 45 4c 4c 4f 20 57 4f 52 4c 44

Bell character Discarded byte

Remapping the Computer Keypad

Note: These instructions assume the remap.cfg file is copied to your computer. For help with copying files, see the computer user manual. You may need to remap the computer keypad to send a key in ITE that is not on a standard 101-key keyboard. You can also remap a computer key to transmit a text string or message to the personal computer. To remap the computer keys, you create the remap.cfg file and add a Remap command to remap a computer key. You can remap a single key or a two-key sequence. You can add a Remap command or create a macro in the remap.cfg file that remaps a single key or a two-key sequence.

118

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

You can remap any computer key or two-key sequence that does not perform a specific function on the computer. For example, you can remap the [B] key because it only types the lowercase letter B. Each computer key or two-key sequence generates a 4-digit hexadecimal remap code as listed in the Key Code Table on page 121. The key code tables list the 4-digit hexadecimal codes for ASCII characters for the computers. These codes identify the key or keys pressed. For example:
Key [B] [SHIFT] [B] None Action Types a lowercase B Types an uppercase B 0002 4-Digit Hex Key Code 0062 0042

Remapping a Key or Two-Key Sequence

1 Select the key or two-key sequence to remap. 2 Determine the current 4-digit hexadecimal code of the keys and the code you will enter to remap the keys. For help, see Key Code Table on page 121. 3 Connect the mobile computer to your desktop PC. 4 Using any text editor, enter the keys you want remapped on individual lines in this format: remap=<key>="string" or remap=<key>=<key>, where: remap is the command you enter in remap.cfg. key is the 4-digit hexadecimal key or keys to which or from which you are remapping. string is the new function for the key or keys, which can be a text string, ASCII mnemonic, or other 2-byte hexadecimal code. Enclose the entire string in quotation marks.

5 Save the new file as remap.cfg. 6 Download remap.cfg to the ITE folder on the mobile computer. Example 1: Suppose you want to remap + on your computer to send a message and then enter a carriage return. In the remap.cfg file, add this command: remap=<002b>="My battery is low."<CR> Example 2: To remap the function of the function keys to another key, replace string with the transmitted code for the function and replace key with the 4-digit hexadecimal key that will do the function. For example, to remap the [F6] function to the B key, add this command to the remap.cfg file: remap=<0042>=<ESC>[17~" Example 3: This is an example of multiple hexadecimal codes in the right-most argument which makes a key into a text sequence with embedded EHLLAPI values for the [F4] and [F5] keys: remap=<xxxx>="EHLLAPI value"<1034>"EHLLAPI value 2"<1035>"END

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

119

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Creating a Remapping Macro

1 Using any text editor, add the macro=<key>="string" Macro command to the end of the remap.cfg file, where: macro is the command you enter in remap.cfg. key is the 4-digit hexadecimal key or keys you are remapping. string is the new action for the key or keys. The string can be a text string, ASCII mnemonic, or other 2-byte hexadecimal code. Enclose the entire string in quotation marks.

2 At the end of the macro, type runmacro=<key>, where key is the 4-digit hexadecimal code that identifies the keys that activate the macro. 3 Save the file name as remap.cfg for the macros to work. 4 Append the new remap to the original hex file. 5 Copy remap.cfg to the ITE folder on the mobile computer. Example: Assign the * key to activate a macro which remaps the 1-9 keys and the 0 key to F1F9 and F10 respectively.
macro=<0031>=<1031> macro=<0032>=<1032> macro=<0033>=<1033> macro=<0034>=<1034> macro=<0035>=<1035> macro=<0036>=<1036> macro=<0037>=<1037> macro=<0038>=<1038> macro=<0039>=<1039> macro=<0030>=<1061> runmacro=<002a>

Normally, if the user presses the 1 key the value of 1 is sent to the host. Using this macro, if the user presses the * key and then the 1 key the F1 AID key is sent to the host.

Nesting Macros
Macros do not nest. The right-most argument is processed as key strokes and not scanned for macro values. For example:
// swap "3" and "5" keys remap=<0033>="5" // map "3" key to a "5" key remap=<0035>="3" // map "5" key to a "3" key

The 3 key produces a 5 key. If nesting was allowed, the 5 key is recognized as a macro that produces the 3 key and the 3 key is recognized as a 5 key that produces the 7 key, and so forth.

120

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Remapping Keys for Each Session

Use the following syntax to remap keys for each session. The session number can be 1, 2, 3, or 4.
remap=Session1<keyval>="string" Macro=Session1<keyval>="string" Runmacro=Session1<keyval>

Note: The string comparison for the Session string is case-sensitive.

Key Code Table

To remap keys to send non-display characters, which have ASCII values of less than 20, see the String Code Table on page 125. Note: Values not listed here may work but are not supported.

remap=<0020>="string" remap=<0021>="string" remap=<0022>="string" remap=<0023>="string" remap=<0024>="string" remap=<0025>="string" remap=<0026>="string" remap=<0027>="string" remap=<0028>="string" remap=<0029>="string" remap=<002a>="string" remap=<002b>="string" remap=<002c>="string" remap=<002d>="string" remap=<002e>="string" remap=<002f>="string" remap=<0030>="string" remap=<0031>="string" remap=<0032>="string" remap=<0033>="string" remap=<0034>="string" remap=<0035>="string" remap=<0036>="string" remap=<0037>="string" remap=<0038>="string" remap=<0039>="string" remap=<003a>="string" remap=<003b>="string" remap=<003c>="string" remap=<003d>="string" remap=<003e>="string" remap=<003f>="string" remap=<0040>="string"

/* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /*

SPACE ! key " key # key $ key % key & key ' key ( key ) key * key + key , key - key . key / key 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @

key */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */

key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key key key key key key key */ */ */ */ */ */ */

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

121

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

remap=<0041>="string" remap=<0042>="string" remap=<0043>="string" remap=<0044>="string" remap=<0045>="string" remap=<0046>="string" remap=<0047>="string" remap=<0048>="string" remap=<0049>="string" remap=<004a>="string" remap=<004b>="string" remap=<004c>="string" remap=<004d>="string" remap=<004e>="string" remap=<004f>="string" remap=<0050>="string" remap=<0051>="string" remap=<0052>="string" remap=<0053>="string" remap=<0054>="string" remap=<0055>="string" remap=<0056>="string" remap=<0057>="string" remap=<0058>="string" remap=<0059>="string" remap=<005a>="string" remap=<005b>="string" remap=<005c>="string" remap=<005d>="string" remap=<005e>="string" remap=<005f>="string" remap=<0060>="string" remap=<0061>="string" remap=<0062>="string" remap=<0063>="string" remap=<0064>="string" remap=<0065>="string" remap=<0066>="string" remap=<0067>="string" remap=<0068>="string" remap=<0069>="string" remap=<006a>="string" remap=<006b>="string" remap=<006c>="string" remap=<006d>="string" remap=<006e>="string" remap=<006f>="string" remap=<0070>="string" remap=<0071>="string" remap=<0072>="string" remap=<0073>="string" remap=<0074>="string" remap=<0075>="string" remap=<0076>="string" remap=<0077>="string" remap=<0078>="string"

/* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /*

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/

[ key */ key */ ] key */ ^ key */ _ key */ ` key */ a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/ key*/

122

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

remap=<0079>="string" remap=<007a>="string" remap=<007b>="string" remap=<007c>="string" remap=<007d>="string" remap=<007e>="string" remap=<007f>="string" remap=<1030>="string" remap=<1031>="string" remap=<1032>="string" remap=<1033>="string" remap=<1034>="string" remap=<1035>="string" remap=<1036>="string" remap=<1037>="string" remap=<1038>="string" remap=<1039>="string" remap=<103c>="string" remap=<1061>="string" remap=<1062>="string" remap=<1063>="string" remap=<1064>="string" remap=<1065>="string" remap=<1066>="string" remap=<1067>="string" remap=<1068>="string" remap=<1069>="string" remap=<106a>="string" remap=<106b>="string" remap=<106c>="string" remap=<106d>="string" remap=<106e>="string" remap=<106f>="string"

/* y key*/ /* z key*/ /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* { key */ | key */ } key */ ~ key */ Del key */ Home key */ F1 key */ F2 key */ F3 key */ F4 key */ F5 key */ F6 key */ F7 key */ F8 key */ F9 key */ Backspace key */ F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 key key key key key key key key key key key key key key key */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */

3270 Key Codes

remap=<1042>="string" remap=<1043>="string" remap=<1044>="string" remap=<1045>="string" remap=<1046>="string" remap=<1049>="string" remap=<104c>="string" remap=<104e>="string" remap=<1052>="string" remap=<1054>="string" remap=<1055>="string" remap=<1056>="string" remap=<105a>="string" remap=<1078>="string" remap=<1079>="string" remap=<107a>="string" remap=<304c>="string" remap=<3045>="string" remap=<3055>="string" /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* Back Tab key */ Clear key */ Del key */ Enter key */ Erase End of Field (EOF) */ Insert key */ Window/viewport New line */ Reset key */ Tab key */ Window/viewport Window/viewport Window/viewport left key */

up key */ down key */ right key */

/* PA1 */ /* PA2 */ /* PA3 */ /* Page left key */ /* Field Exit key */ /* Page up key */

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

123

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

remap=<3056>="string" remap=<305a>="string"

/* Page down key */ /* Page right key */

5250 Key Codes

remap=<1042>="string" remap=<1043>="string" remap=<1044>="string" remap=<1045>="string" remap=<1048>= "string" remap=<1049>="string" remap=<104c>="string" remap=<104e>="string" remap=<1050>="string" remap=<1052>="string" remap=<1054>="string" remap=<1055>="string" remap=<1056>="string" remap=<105a>="string" remap=<1075>="string" remap=<1076>="string" remap=<302d>="string" remap=<302b>="string" remap=<3045>="string" remap=<3046>="string" remap=<3048>="string" remap=<304c>="string" remap=<3051>="string" remap=<3055>="string" remap=<3056>="string" remap=<3057>="string" remap=<3058>="string" remap=<305a>="string" remap=<4044>="string" /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* Back Tab key */ Clear key */ Del key */ Enter key */ Help key */ Insert key */ Window/viewport left key */ New Line key */ Print key */ Reset key */ Tab key */ Window/viewport up key */ Window/viewport down key */ Window/viewport right key */

/* Roll Up key */ /* Roll Down key */ /* Field minus key */ /* Field plus key */ /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* Field Exit key */ Erase Input key */ System request key */ Page left key */ Attention key */ Page up key */ Page down key */ Field mark key */ HEX key */ Page right key */

/* Duplicate key */

VT/ANSI Key Codes

remap=<1054>="string" remap=<1042>="string" remap=<1044>="string" remap=<1045>="string" remap=<1049>="string" remap=<104c>="string" remap=<1055>="string" remap=<1056>="string" remap=<105a>="string" remap=<1075>="string" remap=<1076>="string" remap=<304c>="string" remap=<3045>="string" remap=<3055>="string" remap=<3056>="string" remap=<305a>="string" /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* Tab key */ Back Tab key */ Del key */ Enter key */ Insert key */ Left key */ Up key */ Down key */ Right key */

/* Page up key */ /* Page down key */ /* /* /* /* /* Window/viewport left key */ Field Exit key */ Window/viewport up key */ Window/viewport down key */ Window/viewport right key */

124

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

remap=<3061>="string" remap=<3062>="string" remap=<3063>="string" remap=<3064>="string" remap=<3065>="string" remap=<3066>="string" remap=<3067>="string" remap=<3068>="string" remap=<3069>="string" remap=<306a>="string" remap=<306b>="string" remap=<306c>="string" remap=<306d>="string" remap=<306e>="string" remap=<306f>="string" remap=<3070>="string" remap=<3071>="string" remap=<3072>="string" remap=<3073>="string" remap=<3075>="string" remap=<3076>="string" remap=<3077>="string" remap=<3078>="string"

/* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /*

Find key */ Insert here key */ Remove key */ Select key */ Previous screen key */ Next screen key */ Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad Keypad key */ Enter key */ 0 key */ 1 key */ 2 key*/ 3 key*/ 4 key*/ 5 key*/ 6 key*/ 7 key*/ 8 key*/ 9 key*/ . key*/

/* Page left key */ /* Page right key */ /* Keypad - key*/ /* Keypad + key*/

String Code Table

Keys can be remapped to send non-display characters. To remap a key to send nondisplay characters, find the ASCII value for that key in the tables above and use the following formatting. More than one non-display value can be included in a single string. For example: remap=<0020>="<STX>5<HT>6<EOT>" remaps the space key to send a Start of Text, a five, a Horizontal Tab, a six, and an End of Text.
remap=<0001>="<SOH>" remap=<0002>="<STX>" remap=<0003>="<ETX>" remap=<0004>="<EOT>" remap=<0005>="<ENQ>" remap=<0006>="<ACK>" remap=<0007>="<BEL>" remap=<103c>="<BS>" remap=<1054>="<HT>" remap=<000a>="<LF>" remap=<000b>="<VT>" remap=<000c>="<FF>" remap=<1045>="<CR>" remap=<000e>="<SO>" remap=<000f>="<SI>" remap=<0010>="<DLE>" remap=<0011>="<DC1>" remap=<0012>="<DC2>" remap=<0013>="<DC3>" remap=<0014>="<DC4>" remap=<0015>="<NAK>" /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* Start of Heading (Ctrl-A) */ Start of Text (Ctrl-B) */ End of Text (Ctrl-C) */ End of Transmission (Ctrl-D) */ Enquiry (Ctrl-E) */ Acknowledgment (Ctrl-F) */ Bell (Ctrl-G) */ Backspace (Ctrl-H) */ Horizontal Tab (Ctrl-I) */ Line Feed (Ctrl-J) */ Vertical Tab (Ctrl-K) */ Form Feed (Ctrl-L) */ Carriage Return (Ctrl-M) */ Shift Out (Ctrl-N) */ Shift In (Ctrl-O) */ Data Link Escape (Ctrl-P) */ Device Control 1 (Ctrl-Q) */ Device Control 2 (Ctrl-R) */ Device Control 3 (Ctrl-S) */ Device Control 4 (Ctrl-T) */ Negative Acknowledge (Ctrl-U) */

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

125

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

remap=<0016>="<SYN>" remap=<0017>="<ETB>" remap=<0018>="<CAN>" remap=<0019>="<EM>" remap=<001a>="<SUB>" remap=<001c>="<FS>" remap=<001d>="<GS>" remap=<001e>="<RS>" remap=<001f>="<US>" remap=<0000>="<NULL>" remap=<001b>="<ESC>"

/* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /* /*

Synchronous Idle (Ctrl-V) */ End Transmission Block (Ctrl-W) */ Cancel (Ctrl-X) */ End of Medium (Ctrl-Y) */ Substitute (Ctrl-Z) */ File Separator (Ctrl-1)*/ Group Separator (Ctrl-2) */ Record Separator (Ctrl-3) */ Unit Separator (Ctrl-4)*/ NULL (Ctrl-5) */ Escape (Esc key)*/

Remapping Displayed Characters

You can use display character translation files to remap characters as they are written to the display. The translation file name for ITE must be 3270.xlt for 3270, 5250.xlt for 5250, or VT220.xlt for VT/ANSI. For help with downloading the file to the computer, see the computer user manual. Display character translation files are binary files consisting of ordered pairs of 8-bit values. Each pair of values remaps a displayable character to a different displayable character: The first byte of a pair is the ASCII value of the character to replace. The second byte of a pair is the ASCII value that replaces the first.

These translations are made when a character is written to a display device. If the character is sent to the host (as a keystroke or scan data) or sent to an external device such as a printer, it is sent as the original, untranslated value. Suppose you want a computer running terminal emulation to replace the uppercase B with the Greek letter beta, and replace the uppercase Z with the Greek letter omega. Create an .xlt file that is four bytes long (two ordered pairs of two bytes each). The file should contain the 0x42, 0xE1, 0x5A, and 0xEA bytes in this order. These represent the ASCII display character set values for B, beta, Z, and omega, respectively. ASCII Equivalents for EBCDIC Values (3270, 5250)
EBCDIC Value Language English (US) German Danish/Norwegian Finnish/Swedish Italian Spanish French Belgian English (UK) 4A 4F 5A 5B 5F 9B 0E 21 8E 21 23 15 21 21 24 9A 24 6A 79 60 7B 23 23 92 7C 40 15 05 7F 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 A1 C0 D0 E0 81 86 86 99 5C 90

AA 7C 60 5E 94

7E 7B 7D 5C E1 84 81 81 06 06 06 91 84

0F 8F 5E ED 60 0F 8F 5E 7C 82 82 15 50 24 24 24 5E 95 5E 97 5E 97 97 60 60 AA A4 60

8E 99 9C 15 A5 40 9C 85 23 23 85 40

F8 21 F8 21 5B 21 24

8D 85 82 82

8A 87 8A 87 8A 87

5B OE 5D

7B 7D 5C

OE 21

9C AA 7C 60

5F 7B 7D 5C

126

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

ASCII Equivalents for EBCDIC Values (VT/ANSI)

Characters 0xA0 to 0xAF 0xB0 to 0xBF 0xC0 to 0xCF 0xD0 to 0xDF 0xE0 to 0xEF 0xF0 to 0xFF Default Display Values 0x20, 0xAD, 0x9B, 0x9C, 0x20, 0x9D, 0x20, 0x15, 0x0F, 0x20, 0xFE, 0xAE, 0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0x20 0xF9, 0xF1, 0xFD, 0x20, 0x20, 0xE6, 0x20, 0xFA, 0x20, 0x20, 0xA7, 0xAF, 0xAC, 0xAB, 0x20, 0xA8 0x85, 0xA0, 0x83, 0x01, 0x8E, 0x8F, 0x92, 0x80,0x8A, 0x90, 0x88, 0x89, 0x8D, 0xA1, 0x8C, 0x8B 0x20, 0xA5, 0x95, 0xA2, 0x93, 0x03, 0x99, 0x20,0x18, 0x97, 0xA3, 0x96, 0x9A, 0x1F, 0x20, 0xE1 0x85, 0xA0, 0x83, 0x02, 0x84, 0x86, 0x91, 0x87,0x8A, 0x82, 0x88, 0x89, 0x8D, 0xA1, 0x8C, 0x8B 0x20, 0xA4, 0x95, 0xA2, 0x93, 0x03, 0x94, 0x20,0xED, 0x97, 0xA3, 0x96, 0x81, 0x98, 0x20, 0x20

IBM Character Sets

Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Language English (U.S.) German Danish/Norwegian Swedish/Finnish Italian Spanish French Belgian IBM Set 037-850 273-850 277-850 278-850 280-850 284-850 297-850 500-850

Example
This example remaps 14 characters appropriate to U.S. English to characters more appropriate to Austrian/German. ASCII hexadecimal file 5250.XLT remaps for German. 0x9B 0x8E 0x0E 0x21 0x21 0x9A 0x24 0x24 0xAA 0x5E 0x7C 0x94 0x60 0x60 0x23 0x23 0x40 0x15

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

127

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

0x22 0x22 0x7E 0xE1 0x7B 0x84 0x7D 0x81 0x5C 0x99 Hex Values and Character Mapping for Example
EBCDIC Hex Value 4A 4F 5A 5B 5F 6A 79 7B 7C 7F A1 C0 D0 E0 Original to be Replaced | ! $ ` # @ " ~ { } \ Replacement for Display ! $ ^ ` # "

Implementing ITCColor.dat Attribute Colors

You must name the file ITCColor.dat and you may place this where the other ITE configuration files are placed for discovery by the ITE application. The color file contains lines defining the color Index and the Color for eight normal foreground (Text) and background (Back) color pairs and eight inverse color pairs for a total of 32 colors. Each line is a maximum of 80 characters. A line can be empty, have leading spaces, have a comment indicated by a semicolon character, have a pair of values (color Index and Color). All characters from a semicolon to the end of the line are ignored. A line is terminated by a carriage return, line feed character, or both. Invalid lines are ignored. You may define all, none, or any of the colors in the file in any order. The file may exist or not. The normal Text colors and the Inverse Text color are defaulted to black. If an Index-Color is not defined or the file does not exist, default colors are used. The color Index is a decimal value of 0 through 31. It specifies the character attributes associated with Color. The index values are documented in the sample ITCColor.dat file on the next page. Color is a 32-bit hex value used to specify an RGB color (0x00bbggrr). In RGB format, the low-order (rr) byte contains a value for the relative intensity of red; the second byte (gg) contains a value for green; and the third byte (bb) contains a value for blue. The high-order byte must be zero. The maximum value for a single byte is 0xFF.

128

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Sample Color File

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890 ====================================================================== ; comment ; Normal 00 0x00000000 ;Text 01 0x007f7f7f ;Back 02 0x000000ff ;Text Bold 03 0x007f7f00 ;Back Bold 04 0x0000ff00 ;Text Blink 05 0x007f007f ;Back Blink 06 0x0000ffff ;Text Bold Blink 07 0x007f0000 ;Back Bold Blink 08 0x00ff0000 ;Text Underline 09 0x00007f7f ;Back Underline 10 0x00ff00ff ;Text Bold Underline 11 0x00007f00 ;Back Bold Underline 12 0x00ffff00 ;Text Blink Underline 13 0x0000007f ;Back Blink Underline 14 0x00ffffff ;Text Bold Blink Underline 15 0x00000000 ;Back Bold Blink Underline ; Inverse 16 0x00000000 17 0x00ffffff 18 0x0000007f 19 0x00ffff00 20 0x00007f00 21 0x00ff00ff 22 0x00007f7f 23 0x00ff0000 24 0x007f0000 25 0x0000ffff 26 0x007f007f 27 0x0000ff00 28 0x007f7f00 29 0x000000ff 30 0x007f7f7f 31 0x007ffff7

;Text ;Back ;Text ;Back ;Text ;Back ;Text ;Back ;Text ;Back ;Text ;Back ;Text ;Back ;Text ;Back

Bold Bold Blink Blink Bold Blink Bold Blink Underline Underline Bold Underline Bold Underline Blink Underline Blink Underline Bold Blink Underline Bold Blink Underline

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

129

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Customizing 5250 EBCDIC to ASCII Translation

The 5250 data stream translates all data from the host from 8-bit EBCDIC to 8-bit ASCII for processing in the computer. Before the data is sent back to the host, it is again translated from ASCII to EBCDIC. You can customize the operation of the 5250 data stream by changing the default EBCDIC to ASCII translation table. You can replace the default table with one that is combined with the HEX file that you download to the computer. You can use ASEBTBLD.exe to create the file. You must name it ASCEBD.tbl.

Creating the Custom EBCDIC_ASCII Translation Table

Type asebtbld to display this information:
ASEBTBLD ASCII-EBCDIC Translation Table Creation. $Revision: 1.0 $ $Date: 03 Apr 1998 13:46:14 $ Copyright 1995, Norand Corporation. Usage: ASEBTBLD [<options>] <commands> <fname> <options>: -r<file> Input file containing replacement table type, 0x00-0xff table index, 0x00-0xff value. -v Verbose * display processing steps. <fname> Output file name, extension ignored.

ASEBTBLD creates <fname>.TBL from the default ASCII and EBCDIC tables using replacement values specified in -r<file>. Type the following command to create the ASCEBD.tbl file, with the replacement values specified in changes.my:
asebtbld -rchanges.my ascebd

The replacement file is an ASCII text file formatted as follows:

----------top of replacement file---------/* Any line beginning with /* in column 1 is a comment. /* A=ASCII=>EBCDIC /* E=EBCDIC=>ASCII /* /* /* /* ASCII A E E Index 0x30 0xF0 0xC9 ValueAnything after Value is a comment 0xF0ASCII 0 returns EBCDIC 0 0x30EBCDIC 0 returns ASCII 0 0x3FUnknown EBCDIC 0xC9 returns ASCII ?

/* Any number of blanks and tabs are allowed before, between /* and after values. Blank lines are allowed. ----------bottom of replacement file----------

ASEBTBLD creates the default tables starting on the next page if there is no replacement file, or if an empty replacement file is specified. Note: When you select the Central Europe (1250) or Western Europe (1252) code page, you must modify the default translation table in order to customize the displayed characters. For more information, see Displaying EBCDIC NonEnglish Code Pages on page 131.

130

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Displaying EBCDIC Non-English Code Pages

If you have selected a code page other than the default English, you need to perform these steps to ensure the associated EBCDIC is displayed correctly. To display non-English code pages 1 Find the appropriate EBCDIC code and the ASCII code page. 2 Check for a default translation in the EBCDIC to ASCII table. 3 If there is a translation, verify whether you have the correct ASCII character for the code page you had selected. 4 If there is no translation, add an entry to the changes.my file. 5 Do this process for every character that needs translation. 6 When all of the characters are translated, save the changes.my file. 7 Run the asebtbld application as described on Creating the Custom EBCDIC_ASCII Translation Table on page 130. Example: If you had selected the Turkish code page (ASCII code page 1026) and you want to display the EBCDIC code page 1254 for Turkey, look up character 0x42. This character shows that the default EBCDIC to ASCII translation is 0x00 (no default translation). Searching the ASCII code page 1026 reveals the 0xe2 character, which you add to the changes.my file as follows.
E 0x42 0xe2

Code Page 01026 HEX Digits

1st > 2nd v 4-0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -A -B -C -D -E -F (SP) { . < ( + ! * ) ; ^ , % _ > ? = 5& 6/ [ : 7 8 a b c d e f g h i } ` | 9 j k l m n o p q r , s t u v w x y z ] $ @ AB | ' C A B C D E F G H I ~ J K L M N O P Q R 1 \ DE S T U U W X Y Z 2 # F0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 (EO)

(RSP)

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

131

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Code Page 01254 Windows Turkish HEX Digits

1st> 2nd v 0- 1- 2-0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -A -B -C -D -E -F ( ) * + , . / ! # $ % & 3- 4@ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O ] ^ _ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? 5- 6P R S T U V X Y Z [ ` b c d e f h i j k 1 m n o Q a 7p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ < > ^ ... , ' " ~ t 8_ 9A | E , 1 B- C 2 3 ' D- E- F

(SP) 0

(RSP )

W g

About Custom Translation Tables for Code Page 1250 and 1252
When you select the Central Europe (1250) or Western Europe (1252) code page, the characters displayed by the EBCDIC to ASCII translation are determined by the selected keyboard type. To customize the displayed characters, you need to modify the appropriate EBCDIC to ASCII translation table: Default Translation Tables - Code Page 1250 or 1252
Code Page 1250 Keyboard Type CSB (Czech) PLB (Polish) RMB (Romanian) HNB (Hungarian) SKB (Slovakian) YGI (Slovenian) USB (English - U.S.A. and Canada) AGB or AGI (German) USB (English - U.S.A. and Canada) NEB (Dutch - Netherlands) AGB (German) DMB (Danish) NWB (Norwegian) FNB (Finnish/Swedish) SWB (Swedish) ITB (Italian) Modify This Translation Table ascebd50.tbl

1250 1250 1252 1252 1252 1252 1252

asceb0us.tbl asceb0gr.tbl ascebdus.tbl ascebdgr.tbl ascebddn.tbl ascebdfs.tbl ascebdit.tbl

132

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Default Translation Tables - Code Page 1250 or 1252 (continued)

Code Page 1252 1252 1252 1252 1252 Keyboard Type UKB (English - United Kingdom) SPB (Spanish), SSB (Spanish Speaking) FAB (French) ICB (Icelandic) AGI (Austrian/German MNCS) BLI (Belgian MNCS) CAB (French Canadian) CAI (French Canadian MNCS) DMI (Danish MNCS) FAI (French (Azerty) MNCS) FNI (Finnish/Swedish MNCS) FQI (French (Qwerty) MNCS) FRB (Belgian French MNCS) ICI (Icelandic MNCS) ITI (Italian MNCS) NEI (Dutch MNCS - Netherlands) NLB (Belgian Dutch MNCS) NWI (Norwegian MNCS) PRI (Portuguese MNCS) SFI (French MNCS - Switzerland) SGI (German MNCS - Switzerland) SPI (Spanish MNCS) SSI (Spanish Speaking MNCS) SWI (Swedish MNCS) UKI (English MNCS - United Kingdom) USI (English MNCS - U.S.A. and Canada) Modify This Translation Table ascebden.tbl ascebdsp.tbl ascebdfr.tbl ascebdic.tbl ascebdmn.tbl

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

133

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Default Translation Tables for Code Page 1250

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping: AGB, AGI IBM code page 273. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00742.htm. ASCEB0GR.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0x7b E 0x44 0x20 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0x20 E 0x47 0x20 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0x20 E 0x4a 0xc4 E 0x4b 0x2e E 0x4c 0x3c E 0x4d 0x28 E 0x4e 0x2b E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x50 0x26 E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0x20 E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0x20 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0x20 E 0x58 0x20 E 0x59 0x7e E 0x5a 0xdc E 0x5b 0x24 E 0x5c 0x2a E 0x5d 0x29 E 0x5e 0x3b E 0x5f 0x5e E 0x60 0x2dE 0x67 0x20 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0x20 E 0x6a 0xf6 E 0x6b 0x2c E 0x6c 0x25 E 0x6d 0x5f E 0x6e 0x3e E 0x6f 0x3f E 0x70 0x20 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0x20 E 0x73 0x20 E 0x74 0x20 E 0x75 0xe5 E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0x20 E 0x78 0x20 E 0x79 0x91 E 0x7a 0x3a E 0x7b 0x23 E 0x7c 0xa7 E 0x7d 0x27 E 0x7e 0x3d E 0x7f 0x22 E 0x80 0x20 E 0x8a 0x20 E 0x8b 0x20 E 0x8c 0x20 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0x20 E 0x8f 0x20 E 0x90 0xb0 E 0x9a 0x20 E 0x9b 0x20 E 0x9c 0x20 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0x20 E 0x9f 0xa4 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xdf E 0xaa 0x20 E 0xab 0x20 E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0x20 E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0x20 E 0xb1 0x20 E 0xb2 0x20 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0x40 E 0xb6 0x20 E 0xb7 0x20 E 0xb8 0x20 E 0xb9 0x20 E 0xba 0xac E 0xbb 0x7c E 0xbc 0x20 E 0xbd 0x20 E 0xbe 0x92 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0xe4 E 0xca 0xad E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0x7c E 0xcd 0x20 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0x20 E 0xd0 0xfc E 0xda 0x20 E 0xdb 0x20 E 0xdc 0x7d E 0xdd 0x20 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0x20 E 0xe0 0xd6 E 0xe1 0xf7 E 0xea 0x20 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0x5c E 0xed 0x20 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0x20 E 0xfa 0x20 E 0xfb 0x20 E 0xfc 0x5d E 0xfd 0x20 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

134

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

CSB, NNB, PLB, RMB, SKB, YGI IBM code page 870. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pcomhelp/v5r9/index.jsp?topic=/ com.ibm.pcomm.doc/reference/html/hcp_reference20.htm. ASCEBD50.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0x20 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0x20 E 0x47 0x20 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0x20 E 0x4a 0x20 E 0x4b 0x2e E 0x4c 0x3c E 0x4d 0x28 E 0x4e 0x2b E 0x4f 0x7c E 0x50 0x26 E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0x20 E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0x20 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0x20 E 0x58 0x20 E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0x21 E 0x5b 0x24 E 0x5c 0x2a E 0x5d 0x29 E 0x5e 0x3b E 0x5f 0xac E 0x60 0x2d E 0x61 0x2f E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0x20 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0x20 E 0x67 0x20 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0x20 E 0x6a 0x7c E 0x6b 0x2c E 0x6c 0x25 E 0x6d 0x5f E 0x6e 0x3e E 0x6f 0x3f E 0x70 0x20 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0x20 E 0x73 0x20 E 0x74 0x20 E 0x75 0xe5 E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0x20 E 0x78 0x20 E 0x79 0x91 E 0x7a 0x3a E 0x7b 0x23 E 0x7c 0x40 E 0x7d 0x27 E 0x7e 0x3d E 0x7f 0x22 E 0x80 0x20 E 0x8a 0x20 E 0x8b 0x20 E 0x8c 0x20 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0x20 E 0x8f 0x20 E 0x90 0xb0 E 0x9a 0x20 E 0x9b 0x20 E 0x9c 0x20 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0x20 E 0x9f 0xa4 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0x7e E 0xaa 0x20 E 0xab 0x20 E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0x20 E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0x5e E 0xb1 0x20 E 0xb2 0x20 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0xa7 E 0xb6 0x20 E 0xb7 0x20 E 0xb8 0x20 E 0xb9 0x20 E 0xba 0x5b E 0xbb 0x5d E 0xbc 0x20 E 0xbd 0x20 E 0xbe 0x92 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0x7b E 0xca 0xad E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0x20 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0x20 E 0xd0 0x7d E 0xda 0x20 E 0xdb 0x20 E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0x20 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0x20 E 0xe0 0x5c E 0xe1 0xf7 E 0xea 0x20 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0x20 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0x20 E 0xfa 0x20 E 0xfb 0x20 E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0x20 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

135

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

USB IBM code page 37. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00741.htm ASCEB0US.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0x20 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0x20 E 0x47 0x20 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0x20 E 0x4a 0x20 E 0x4b 0x2e E 0x4c 0x3c E 0x4d 0x28 E 0x4e 0x2b E 0x4f 0x7c E 0x50 0x26 E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0x20 E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0x20 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0x20 E 0x58 0x20 E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0x21 E 0x5b 0x24 E 0x5c 0x2a E 0x5d 0x29 E 0x5e 0x3b E 0x5f 0xac E 0x60 0x2d E 0x61 0x2f E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0x20 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0x20 E 0x67 0x20 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0x20 E 0x6a 0x7c E 0x6b 0x2c E 0x6c 0x25 E 0x6d 0x5f E 0x6e 0x3e E 0x6f 0x3f E 0x70 0x20 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0x20 E 0x73 0x20 E 0x74 0x20 E 0x75 0xe5 E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0x20 E 0x78 0x20 E 0x79 0x91 E 0x7a 0x3a E 0x7b 0x23 E 0x7c 0x40 E 0x7d 0x27 E 0x7e 0x3d E 0x7f 0x22 E 0x80 0x20 E 0x8a 0x20 E 0x8b 0x20 E 0x8c 0x20 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0x20 E 0x8f 0x20 E 0x90 0xb0 E 0x9a 0x20 E 0x9b 0x20 E 0x9c 0x20 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0x20 E 0x9f 0xa4 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0x7e E 0xaa 0x20 E 0xab 0x20 E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0x20 E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0x5e E 0xb1 0x20 E 0xb2 0x20 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0xa7 E 0xb6 0x20 E 0xb7 0x20 E 0xb8 0x20 E 0xb9 0x20 E 0xba 0x5b E 0xbb 0x5d E 0xbc 0x20 E 0xbd 0x20 E 0xbe 0x92 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0x7b E 0xca 0xad E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0x20 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0x20 E 0xd0 0x7d E 0xda 0x20 E 0xdb 0x20 E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0x20 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0x20 E 0xe0 0x5c E 0xe1 0xf7 E 0xea 0x20 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0x20 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0x20 E 0xfa 0x20 E 0xfb 0x20 E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0x20 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

136

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Default Translation Tables for Code Page 1252

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping: AGB IBM code page 273. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00742.htm. ASCEBDGR.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0x7b E 0x44 0x20 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0x20 E 0x47 0x20 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0x20 E 0x4a 0xc4 E 0x4b 0x2e E 0x4c 0x3c E 0x4d 0x28 E 0x4e 0x2b E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x50 0x26 E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0x20 E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0x20 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0x20 E 0x58 0x20 E 0x59 0x7e E 0x5a 0xdc E 0x5b 0x24 E 0x5c 0x2a E 0x5d 0x29 E 0x5e 0x3b E 0x5f 0x5e E 0x60 0x2d E 0x61 0x2f E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0x5b E 0x64 0x20 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0x20 E 0x67 0x20 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0x20 E 0x6a 0xf6 E 0x6b 0x2c E 0x6c 0x25 E 0x6d 0x5f E 0x6e 0x3e E 0x6f 0x3f E 0x70 0x20 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0x20 E 0x73 0x20 E 0x74 0x20 E 0x75 0xe5 E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0x20 E 0x78 0x20 E 0x79 0x91 E 0x7a 0x3a E 0x7b 0x23 E 0x7c 0xa7 E 0x7d 0x27 E 0x7e 0x3d E 0x7f 0x22 E 0x80 0x20 E 0x8a 0x20 E 0x8b 0x20 E 0x8c 0x20 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0x20 E 0x8f 0x20 E 0x90 0xb0 E 0x9a 0x20 E 0x9b 0x20 E 0x9c 0x20 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0x20 E 0x9f 0xa4 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xdf E 0xaa 0x20 E 0xab 0x20 E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0x20 E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0x20 E 0xb1 0x20 E 0xb2 0x20 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0x40 E 0xb6 0x20 E 0xb7 0x20 E 0xb8 0x20 E 0xb9 0x20 E 0xba 0xac E 0xbb 0x7c E 0xbc 0x20 E 0xbd 0x20 E 0xbe 0x92 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0xe4 E 0xca 0xad E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0x7c E 0xcd 0x20 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0x20 E 0xd0 0xfc E 0xda 0x20 E 0xdb 0x20 E 0xdc 0x7d E 0xdd 0x20 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0x20 E 0xe0 0xd6 E 0xe1 0xf7 E 0xea 0x20 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0x5c E 0xed 0x20 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0x20 E 0xfa 0x20 E 0xfb 0x20 E 0xfc 0x5d E 0xfd 0x20 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

137

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

DMB, NWB IBM code page 277. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00743.htm. ASCEBDDN.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0xe0 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0x20 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0x23 E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0xe8 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0x20 E 0x5b 0xc5 E 0x5f 0x5e E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0x24 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x6a 0xf8 E 0x70 0x7c E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0x91 E 0x7b 0xc6 E 0x7c 0xd8 E 0x80 0x40 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf5 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xde E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0xba E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0x20 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0x5b E 0x9f 0x5d E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xfc E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xfe E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0xa3 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9

Translation Table:

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

FAB IBM code page 297. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00748.htm. ASCEBDFR.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0x40 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0xe5 E 0x48 0x5c E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0xba E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x51 0x20 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0x20 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0xa7 E 0x5f 0x5e E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0xc5 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x6a 0xf9 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0xb5 E 0x7b 0xa3 E 0x7c 0xe0 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf5 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xde E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0x5b E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0xe6 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0xc6 E 0xa0 0x91 E 0xa1 0xa8 E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xfe E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0x23 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0x5d E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0xac E 0xbb 0x7c E 0xbc 0xaf E 0xbd 0x7e E 0xbe 0xb4 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0xe9 E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0xf2 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xd0 0xe8 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0x7c E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xe0 0xe8 E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0xd5 E 0xfb 0xdb E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0xd9 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

138

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

FNB, SWB IBM code page 278. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00744.htm. ASCEBDFS.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0x20 E 0x44 0xe0 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0x20 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0xa7 E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x51 0x91 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0xe8 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0x20 E 0x5b 0xc5 E 0x5f 0x5e E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0x23 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0x24 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x6a 0xf6 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0x5c E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0xe9 E 0x7b 0xc4 E 0x7c 0xd6 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf5 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xde E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0xba E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0xe6 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0xc6 E 0x9f 0x5d E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xfc E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xfe E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0xa3 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0x5b E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0xac E 0xbb 0x7c E 0xbc 0xaf E 0xbd 0xa8 E 0xbe 0xb4 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0xe4 E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0x7c E 0xcd 0xf2 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xd0 0xe5 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0x7e E 0xdd 0xf9 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xe0 0xc9 E 0xe1 0x20 E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0x40 E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3

Translation Table:

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

139

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

ICB IBM code page 871. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00750.htm. ASCEBDIC.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0xe0 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0xe5 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0xde E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0xe8 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0xc6 E 0x5f 0xd6 E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0xc5 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0xf0 E 0x7c 0xd0 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0x91 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0x20 E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0xba E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0x20 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0x5d E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xf6 E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0x40 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0x5b E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0xa3 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0xa7 E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0xac E 0xbb 0x7c E 0xbc 0xaf E 0xbd 0xa8 E 0xbe 0x5c E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0xfe E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0x7e E 0xcd 0xf2 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xd0 0xe6 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0xf9 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xe0 0x92 E 0xe1 0x20 E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0x5e E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0xd5 E 0xfb 0xdb E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0xd9 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

140

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

ITB IBM code page 280. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00745.htm. ASCEBDIT.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0x20 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0xe5 E 0x48 0x5c E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0xba E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x51 0x5d E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0x20 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0x7e E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0xe9 E 0x5f 0x5e E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0xc5 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x6a 0xf2 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0xf9 E 0x7b 0xa3 E 0x7c 0xa7 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf5 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xde E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0x5b E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0xe6 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0xc6 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xec E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xfe E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0x23 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0x40 E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0xac E 0xbb 0x7c E 0xbc 0xaf E 0xbd 0xa8 E 0xbe 0xb4 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xc0 0xe0 E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0x7c E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xd0 0xe8 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0x91 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xe0 0xe7 E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0xd5 E 0xfb 0xdb E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0xd9 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

NEB, USB IBM code page 37. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00741.htm ASCEBDUS.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0xe0 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0xe5 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0xa2 E 0x4f 0x7c E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0xe8 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5f 0xac E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0xc5 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0x91 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf0 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xde E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0xba E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0xe6 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0xc6 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xfe E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0x88 E 0xb1 0xa3 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0xa7 E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0x5b E 0xbb 0x5d E 0xbc 0xaf E 0xbd 0xa8 E 0xbe 0xb4 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0xf2 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0xf9 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0xd5 E 0xfb 0xdb E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0xd9 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

141

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

SPB, SSB IBM code page 284. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00746.htm. ASCEBDSP.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0xe0 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0xe5 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0x7c E 0x4a 0x5b E 0x4f 0x7c E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0xe8 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5a 0x5d E 0x5b 0x24 E 0x5f 0xac E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0xc5 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0x23 E 0x6a 0xf1 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0x91 E 0x7b 0xd1 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf5 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xde E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0xba E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0xe6 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0xc6 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xa8 E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xfe E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0xa3 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0xa7 E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0x5e E 0xbb 0x21 E 0xbc 0xaf E 0xbd 0x7e E 0xbe 0xb4 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0xf2 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0xf9 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0xd5 E 0xfb 0xdb E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0xd9 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

UKB IBM code page 285. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/v1r12/ index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.ibm.zos.r12.euvmo00%2Feuva3a00747.htm. ASCEBDEN.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0xe0 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0xe5 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0x25 E 0x4f 0x7c E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0xe8 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5b 0xa3 E 0x5f 0xac E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0xc5 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0x91 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf0 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xde E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0xba E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0xe6 E 0x9d 0x2c E 0x9e 0xc6 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xa1 0xaf E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xfe E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0x5b E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0xa7 E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0x5e E 0xbb 0x5d E 0xbc 0x7e E 0xbd 0xa8 E 0xbe 0xb4 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0xf2 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0xf9 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0xd5 E 0xfb 0xdb E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0xd9 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

142

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

Keyboard Type: Character Mapping:

AGI, BLI, CAB, CAI, DMI, FAI, FNI, FQI, FRB, ICI, ITI, NEI, NLB, NWI, PRI, SFI, SGI, SPI, SWI, SSI, UKI, USI IBM code page 500. For specific character mapping, refer to: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pcomhelp/v5r9/index.jsp?topic=/ com.ibm.pcomm.doc/reference/html/hcp_reference16.htm ASCEBDMN.TBL
E 0x42 0xe2 E 0x43 0xe4 E 0x44 0xe0 E 0x45 0xe1 E 0x46 0xe3 E 0x47 0xe5 E 0x48 0xe7 E 0x49 0xf1 E 0x4a 0x5b E 0x4f 0x21 E 0x51 0xe9 E 0x52 0xea E 0x53 0xeb E 0x54 0xe8 E 0x55 0xed E 0x56 0xee E 0x57 0xef E 0x58 0xec E 0x59 0xdf E 0x5f 0x5e E 0x5a 0x5d E 0x62 0xc2 E 0x63 0xc4 E 0x64 0xc0 E 0x65 0xc1 E 0x66 0xc3 E 0x67 0xc5 E 0x68 0xc7 E 0x69 0xd1 E 0x70 0xf8 E 0x71 0xc9 E 0x72 0xca E 0x73 0xcb E 0x74 0xc8 E 0x75 0xcd E 0x76 0xce E 0x77 0xcf E 0x78 0xcc E 0x79 0x60 E 0x80 0xd8 E 0x8a 0xab E 0x8b 0xbb E 0x8c 0xf0 E 0x8d 0xfd E 0x8e 0xfe E 0x8f 0xb1 E 0x90 0xba E 0x9a 0xaa E 0x9b 0xba E 0x9c 0xe6 E 0x9d 0xb8 E 0x9e 0xc6 E 0x9f 0xa4 E 0xa0 0xb5 E 0xaa 0xa1 E 0xab 0xbf E 0xac 0xd0 E 0xad 0xdd E 0xae 0xde E 0xaf 0xae E 0xb0 0xa2 E 0xb1 0xa3 E 0xb2 0xa5 E 0xb3 0xb7 E 0xb4 0xa9 E 0xb5 0xa7 E 0xb6 0xb6 E 0xb7 0xbc E 0xb8 0xbd E 0xb9 0xbe E 0xba 0xac E 0xbb 0x7c E 0xbc 0xaf E 0xbd 0xa8 E 0xbe 0xb4 E 0xbf 0xd7 E 0xca 0x96 E 0xcb 0xf4 E 0xcc 0xf6 E 0xcd 0xf2 E 0xce 0xf3 E 0xcf 0xf5 E 0xda 0xb9 E 0xdb 0xfb E 0xdc 0xfc E 0xdd 0xf9 E 0xde 0xfa E 0xdf 0xff E 0xe1 0xf7 E 0xea 0xb2 E 0xeb 0xd4 E 0xec 0xd6 E 0xed 0xd2 E 0xee 0xd3 E 0xef 0xd5 E 0xfa 0xb3 E 0xfb 0xdb E 0xfc 0xdc E 0xfd 0xd9 E 0xfe 0xda

Translation Table:

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

143

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

ASCII to EBCDIC
0x00 0x00 0x16 0x10 0x18 0x20 0x40 0x4d 0xf0 0xf8 0x40 0x7c 0xc8 0xd7 0xe7 0x60 0x79 0x88 0x97 0xa7 0x80 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0xa0 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0xc0 0xab 0x00 0x00 0x00 0xe0 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x05 0x11 0x19 0x5a 0x5d 0xf1 0xf9 0xc1 0xc9 0xd8 0xe8 0x81 0x89 0x98 0xa8 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x8c 0x00 0x00 0xbb 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x02 0x25 0x12 0x3f 0x7f 0x5c 0xf2 0x7a 0xc2 0xd1 0xd9 0xe9 0x82 0x91 0x99 0xa9 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x5f 0x00 0x00 0x8b 0x00 0x00 0xac 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x03 0x0b 0x13 0x27 0x7b 0x4e 0xf3 0x5e 0xc3 0xd2 0xe2 0xad 0x83 0x92 0xa2 0xc0 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x4a 0x00 0x00 0xad 0x00 0x8d 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x37 0x0c 0x3c 0x22 0x5b 0x6b 0xf4 0x4c 0xc4 0xd3 0xe3 0xe0 0x84 0x93 0xa3 0x6a 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x9d 0x00 0xbf 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x2d 0x0d 0x00 0x00 0x6c 0x60 0xf5 0x7e 0xc5 0xd4 0xe4 0xbd 0x85 0x94 0xa4 0xd0 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x8e 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x2e 0x4f 0x32 0x35 0x50 0x4b 0xf6 0x6e 0xc6 0xd5 0xe5 0x6a 0x86 0x95 0xa5 0xa1 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x2f 0x0f 0x1c 0x00 0x7d 0x61 0xf7 0x6f 0xc7 0xd6 0xe6 0x6d 0x87 0x96 0xa6 0x07 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0xbc 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00

144

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

EBCDIC to ASCII
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x10 0x18 0x20 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x40 0x20 0x00 0x26 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x11 0x19 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x02 0x00 0x12 0x00 0x1C 0x00 0x16 0x00 0x00 0x9b 0x00 0x21 0x00 0x7C 0x00 0x3A 0x62 0x00 0x6B 0x00 0x73 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x42 0x00 0x4B 0x00 0x53 0x00 0x32 0x00 0x03 0x0B 0x13 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x2E 0x00 0x24 0x00 0x2C 0x00 0x23 0x63 0xc2 0x6C 0x00 0x74 0xc0 0x00 0xd9 0x43 0x00 0x4C 0x00 0x54 0x00 0x33 0x00 0x00 0x0C 0x00 0x17 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x14 0x00 0x3C 0x00 0x2A 0x00 0x25 0x00 0x40 0x64 0xc1 0x6D 0x00 0x75 0xda 0x00 0xbf 0x44 0x00 0x4D 0x00 0x55 0x00 0x34 x00 0x09 0x0D 0x0a 0x00 0x0A 0x05 0x1E 0x16 0x00 0x28 0x00 0x29 0x00 0x5F 0x00 0x27 0x65 0xc3 0x6E 0xb4 0x76 0xb3 0x00 0x00 0x45 0x00 0x4E 0x00 0x56 0x00 0x35 0x00 0x00 0x0E 0x08 0x00 0x17 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x2B 0x00 0x3B 0x00 0x3E 0x00 0x3D 0x66 0xc5 0x6F 0x00 0x77 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x46 0x00 0x4F 0x00 0x57 0x00 0x36 0x00 0x7F 0x0F 0x00 0x00 0x1B 0x07 0x04 0x1A 0x00 0x0e 0x00 0xaa 0x00 0x3F 0x00 0x22 0x67 0x00 0x70 0x00 0x78 0x00 0x00 0xc4 0x47 0x00 0x50 0x00 0x58 0x00 0x37 0x00

0x60 0x2D 0x2F 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x60 0x80 0x00 0x68 0x00 0x71 0xa0 0x00 0x79 0x00 0x00 0x61 0x69 0x6A 0x72 0x7E 0x7A 0x00 0x00

0xc0 0x7B 0x41 0x48 0x49 0x7D 0x4A 0x51 0x52 0xe0 0x5c 0x59 0x30 0x38 0x00 0x5A 0x31 0x39

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

145

Chapter 3 Customizing Your Configuration

146

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

A
Bar Code Scanning
This appendix includes bar codes you can scan while using the Intermec Terminal Emulator, keypress information for configuring preambles and postambles, and information on using Encoded Code 39. This appendix includes these sections: Scanning Bar Codes While Using ITE Preamble and Postamble Encoded Code 39

147

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Scanning Bar Codes While Using ITE

To scan these bar codes, configure the computer to use Code 39 in Full ASCII mode using one of these methods: Use the Intermec Settings application on the computer to enable Code 39 in Full ASCII mode. For help with Intermec Settings, see the computer user manual. Configure ITE symbology settings to enable Code 39 in Full ASCII mode. For help, see Configuring Access to ITE on page 65.

Paging Keys
Page up

*/EPGUP*
*%PGUP* Page down

*/EPGDN*
*%PGDN* Page right

*/EPGRT*
*%PGRT* Page left

*/EPGLT*
*%PGLT*

Cursor Keys
Window/Viewport up (up one line)

*/EUP*
*%UP* Window/Viewport down (down one line)

*/EDN*
*%DN* Window/Viewport right (right one character)

*/ERT*
*%RT* Window/Viewport left (left one character)

*/ELF*
*%LF*

148

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Tab Keys
Back Tab

*/EBTAB*
*%BTAB* Forward Tab

*$I*
*$I*

Auto-Login Restart
Auto-Login Restart

*/EALRS*
*%ALRS*

3278 SNA Keys

Cursor Home (Home)

*/EH+M*
*%Hm* Delete (Del)

*/EDEL*
*%DEL* EOF

*/EEOF*
*%EOF* Erase Input (Clr)

*/EEINP*
*%EINP* Insert

*/EINS*
*%INS* New Line (Return)

*/ENL*
*%NL*

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

149

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Reset

*/ERST*
*%RST*

AID-Generating or Top-Row Function Keys

Clear - 3270, 5250

*/ECLR*
*%CLR* Enter - 3270, 5250

*%CR*
*%CR* F1 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF1*
*%F1* F2 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF2*
*%F2* F3 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF3*
*%F3* F4 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF4*
*%F4* F5 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF5*
*%F5* F6 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF6*
*%F6* F7 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF7*
*%F7*

150

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

F8 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF8*
*%F8* F9 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF9*
*%F9* F10 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF10*
*%F10* F11 - 3270, 5250, VT100, VT/ANSI

*/EF11*
*%F11* F12 - 3270, 5250, VT100, VT/ANSI

*/EF12*
*%F12* F13 - 3270, 5250, VT100, VT/ANSI

*/EF13*
*%F13* F14 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF14*
*%F14* F15 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF15*
*%F15* F16 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF16*
*%F16* F17 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF17*
*%F17* F18 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF18*
*%F18*

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

151

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

F19 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF19*
*%F19* F20 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF20*
*%F20*

Note: For VT/ANSI, scan the following F21 bar code label to toggle between Line Edit (block) mode and Character mode:
F21 - 3270, 5250, VT/ANSI

*/EF21*
*%F21* F22 - 3270, 5250

*/EF22*
*%F22* F23 - 3270, 5250

*/EF23*
*%F23* F24 - 3270, 5250

*/EF24*
*%F24* PA1 - 3270

*/EPA1*
*%PA1* PA2 - 3270

*/EPA2*
*%PA2* PA3 - 3270

*/EPA3*
*%PA3* Help (nonerror state) - 5250

*/EHELP*
*%HELP*

152

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Print - 5250

*/EPRINT*
*%PRINT* Record Backspace (Home) - 5250

*/EH+M*
*%Hm* Roll Down - 5250

*/ERODN*
*%RODN* Roll Up - 5250

*/EROUP*
*%ROUP*

Symbols - 3270, 5250

Cent () *%CENT* Not ()

*/ECENT*

*%NOT*

*/ENOT*

Field Exit Key - 5250

Field Exit

*/EFLDX*
*%FLDX*

Signal Keys - 5250

Attn

*/EATTN*
*%ATTN* Help (from error state)

*/EHELP*
*%HELP*

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

153

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Special Control Keys - 5250

Delete (Del)

*/EDEL*
*%DEL* Erase Input

*/EEINP*
*%EINP* Error Reset

*/EERR*
*%ERR* Hex

*/EHEX*
*%HEX* Insert

*/EINS*
*%INS*

Special Host Key - 5250

Sys Req

*/ESYSR*
*%SYSR*

5250 Additional Functions

Dup (duplicate enabled fields only)

*/EDUP*
*%DUP* Field-

*/EFLD/M*
*%FLD-* Field+

*/EFLD/K*
*%FLD+*

154

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Field Mark

*/EFM*
*%FM* New Line

*/ENL*
*%NL*

Special Function Keys - VT/ANSI

Backspace

*/EBKSP*
*%BKSP* Delete (Del)

*/EDEL*
*%DEL*

Editing Keys - VT/220/320

Find

*/EFIND*
*%FIND* Insert

*/EINS*
*%INS* Next Screen

*/ENEXT*
*%NEXT* Previous Screen

*/EPREV*
*%PREV* Remove

*/EREM*
*%REM* Select

*/ESEL*
*%SEL*

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

155

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Preamble and Postamble

When you set the preamble or postamble for a bar code symbology, there are special values that ITE interprets to generate the expected key stroke. Preamble and Postamble
Key F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 Enter BackTab Bell Field Exit Field+ Field

Wedge Amble 0x70 0x71 0x72 0x73 0x74 0x75 0x76 0x77 0x78 0x79 0x7a 0x7b 0x7c 0x7d 0x7e 0x7f 0x80 0x81 0x82 0x83 0x84 0x85 0x86 0x87 0x0d 0x0a 0x07 0xfa 0x93 0x94

Wedge Amble (Windows Mobile 5.0) 0xa0 0x70 0xa0 0x71 0xa0 0x72 0xa0 0x73 0xa0 0x74 0xa0 0x75 0xa0 0x76 0xa0 0x77 0xa0 0x78 0xa0 0x79 0xe8 0xa0 0x7b 0xa0 0x7c 0xa0 0x7d 0xa0 0x7e 0xa0 0x7f 0xa0 0x80 0xa0 0x81 0xa0 0x82 0xa0 0x83 0xa0 0x84 0xa0 0x85 0xa0 0x86 0xa0 0x87 0x0d 0x0a 0x07 0xfa

API Amble N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0xea N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0x0d 0xdc 0x07 0x9a N/A N/A

0x93 0x94

Note: For the CN3 and CV61 only, the wedge amble is 0x95

156

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Encoded Code 39
The following table lists escape characters and key press sequences for Encoded Code 39. The (t) in the table indicates a terminating key. Any bar code data following this key code is ignored. The t sequences, therefore, should be located only at the end of the bar code. If you attempt to use an invalid sequence (termed reserved in the table) the computer beeps and the data stream is flushed. Note: For 5250 emulation, when Encoded Code 39 is enabled, a Field Exit is generated when the last scanned character is a data character ( 0 >= char <= 255). Key Press Sequences for Encoded Code 39
Sequence $space (VT/ANSI) $- (VT/ANSI) $. (VT/ANSI) $0 (VT/ANSI) $1 (VT/ANSI) $2 (VT/ANSI) $3 (VT/ANSI) $4 (VT/ANSI) $5 (VT/ANSI) $6 (VT/ANSI) $7 (VT/ANSI) $8 (VT/ANSI) $9 (VT/ANSI) $A $B $C $D $E $F $G $H $I $J $K $L $M $N $O $P Key Find (t) Insert here (t) Remove (t) Keypad 0 (t) Keypad 1 (t) Keypad 2 (t) Keypad 3 (t) Keypad 4 (t) Keypad 5 (t) Keypad 6 (t) Keypad 7 (t) Keypad 8 (t) Keypad 9 (t) New Line (3270, 5250, VT/ANSI) Delete (t) Forward Tab (t) Forward Tab (t) Back Tab (3270, 5250) Roll Up/Page Down (5250) Roll Down/Page Up (5250) Backspace (t) Field + (5250) Field - (5250) Insert (3270, 5250) Home (3270, 5250) Enter (t) (3270, VT/ANSI) or Enter/Rec Adv (t) (5250) Erase (3270) or Field Exit (5250) Clear (3270) or Erase Input (5250) Attn (5250) Sequence +- (VT/ANSI) +. (VT/ANSI) +0 (VT/ANSI) +1 (VT/ANSI) +2 (VT/ANSI) +3 (VT/ANSI) +4 (VT/ANSI) +5 (VT/ANSI) +6 (VT/ANSI) +7 (VT/ANSI) +8 (VT/ANSI) +9 (VT/ANSI) +A +B +C +D +E +F +G +H +I +J +K +L +M +N +O +P Key 0A hexadecimal (t) 0B hexadecimal (t) 0C hexadecimal (t) 0D hexadecimal (t) 0E hexadecimal (t) 0F hexadecimal (t) 10 hexadecimal (t) 11 hexadecimal (t) 12 hexadecimal (t) 13 hexadecimal (t) 14 hexadecimal (t) 15 hexadecimal (t) a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p

+space (VT/ANSI) 09 hexadecimal (t)

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

157

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Key Press Sequences for Encoded Code 39 (continued)

Sequence $Q $R $S $T $U $V $W $X $Y $Z %- (VT/ANSI) %. (VT/ANSI) %0 (VT/ANSI) %1 (VT/ANSI) %2 (VT/ANSI) %3 (VT/ANSI) %4 (VT/ANSI) %5 (VT/ANSI) %6 (VT/ANSI) %7 (VT/ANSI) %8 (VT/ANSI) %9 (VT/ANSI) %A %B %C %D %E (None) %F %G %H %I %J %K %L %M %N %O %P Key PF1 (t) (3270, VT/ANSI) or F1 (t) (5250) PF2 (t) (3270, VT/ANSI) or F2 (t) (5250) PF3 (t) (3270, VT/ANSI) or F3 (t) (5250) PF4 (t) (3270, VT/ANSI) or F4 (t) (5250) F5 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF5 (3270) F6 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF6 (3270) F7 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF7 (3270) F8 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF8 (3270) F9 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF9 (3270) F10 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF10 (3270) Previous screen (t) Next screen (t) Enter (t) 00 hexadecimal (t) 01 hexadecimal (t) 02 hexadecimal (t) 03 hexadecimal (t) 04 hexadecimal (t) 05 hexadecimal (t) 06 hexadecimal (t) 07 hexadecimal (t) 08 hexadecimal (t) Clear AID (t) (3270) or Clear (5250) F11 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF11 (3270) F12 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF12 (3270) PA1 (3270) or Error Reset (5250) PA2 (3270) or Help (5250) PA3 (3270) ; (semicolon) < (less than) = (equal) > (greater than) ? (question mark) [ (left brace) (3270, VT/ANSI) or (not symbol) (5250) (backslash) ] (right brace) (3270, VT/ANSI) or (cent) (5250) _ (underscore) { (left brace) /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /O /P & (ampersand) ' (single quote) ( (left parenthesis) ) (right parenthesis) * (asterisk) + (plus) , (comma) - (hyphen) F14 (t) / (forward slash) F15 (t) Sequence +Q +R +S +T +U +V +W +X +Y +Z /- (VT/ANSI) /. (VT/ANSI) /0 (VT/ANSI) /1 (VT/ANSI) /2 (VT/ANSI) /3 (VT/ANSI) /4 (VT/ANSI) /5 (VT/ANSI) /6 (VT/ANSI) /7 (VT/ANSI) /8 (VT/ANSI) /9 (VT/ANSI) /A /B /C /D /E Key q r s t u v w x y z 17 hexadecimal (t) 18 hexadecimal (t) 19 hexadecimal (t) 1A hexadecimal (t) 1B hexadecimal (t) 1C hexadecimal (t) 1D hexadecimal (t) 1E hexadecimal (t) 1F hexadecimal (t) Reserved Reserved Reserved ! (exclamation mark) " (double quote) # (pound) $ (dollar) % (percent)

%space (VT/ANSI) Select (t)

/space (VT/ANSI) 16 hexadecimal (t)

^ (circumflex) (3270, VT/ANSI) or | (piping symbol) (5250) /N

158

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Key Press Sequences for Encoded Code 39 (continued)

Sequence %Q %R %S %T %U %V %W %X %Y %Z Key | (vertical bar or pipe) } (right brace) ~ (tilde) Keyboard delete (t) Dup (5250) @ (at) (grave accent) Sys Req (5250) Print (5250) F13 (t) (5250, VT/ANSI) or PF13 (3270) Sequence /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W /X /Y /Z Key F16 (t) F17 (t) F18 (t) F19 (t) F20 (t) F21 (3270, 5250) F22 (3270, 5250) F23 (3270, 5250) F24 (3270, 5250) : (colon)

Terminating Keys
Terminating keys are the nonprintable ASCII sequences and action keys. When the computer finds them in a bar code, an action is taken, and the computer sends the data in the buffer to the host computer. Terminating keys should appear only at the end of the bar code. If they are located in the middle of a bar code, they are executed normally, but the data following them in the bar code is ignored. Terminating keys cause a computer-to-base station transmission. The computer ignores data in the bar code buffer following these keys once a transmission takes place. For example, the computer interprets the following sequence: 123$V456

as
123F6

The computer will not send 456 to the host computer because it follows the terminating key F6. ASCII sequences can be used any time before a terminating key. For example, the computer interprets: +H+E+L+L+O$M

as
hello<Enter>

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

159

Appendix A Bar Code Scanning

Escape Characters
The four escape characters in the previous table yield a VT220 data stream key press equivalent when followed by another character. The escape characters are: $ (dollar sign) % (percent) + (plus) / (forward slash) If a bar code contains the sequence %U somewhere within it, the computer treats this as an Enter keypress and processes the sequence as soon as it is encountered in the scanning buffer. +B is converted to the lower case b. %B is converted to an F11 key press.

For example:

If you want the Encoded Code 39 option but the bar codes to be scanned already contain the $, %, +, or /, character, then each place where these characters occur must be expanded to a special / sequence: Every bar code where the $ is maintained must be expanded to a /D sequence. Percent signs % must be expanded to /E. Forward slashes / must be expanded to the letter /O. Plus signs + must be expanded to /K.

Overriding Auto Tab Scan and Auto Enter Scan (3270)

When the computer is in Auto Entr Scan or Auto Tab Scan mode, eight Encoded Code 39 functions override these modes when they are scanned. Forward Tab and Back Tab End of Field and Home Backspace and Insert Clear and Delete

These codes are all of the screen-editing type, where an automatic Enter keypress is not desired. The listed encoded operations never allow an Auto Entr Scan to occur. For example, if Auto Entr Scan was enabled and a $C (forward tab) was scanned, the computer forward tabs to the next field, but does not perform an Enter keypress, even though the Auto Entr Scan feature is enabled. In this case, the encoded forward tab overrides the Auto Entr Scan mode. However, if a +D is scanned, the computer places the letter d at the current cursor location and the Auto Entr Scan mode then executes an Enter keypress.

160

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

B
Using the Computer Keypad
This appendix lists keypresses for ITE functionality for computers that support ITE, and includes these topics: About ITE and Computer Keypads About the Soft Input Panels Using the CK3 Keypads Using the CK70 Keypads Using the CK71 Keypads Using the CN3, CN3e, CN4, and CN4e Keypads Using the CN50 and CS40 Keypads Using the CN70 and CN70e Keypads Using the CV41 Keypad Using SIPs on the CV41 (Windows Embedded Standard) and CV61

161

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

About ITE and Computer Keypads

Intermec computers include keypad overlays specific to using Intermec Terminal Emulator. This section lists keypresses for ITE functionality. For more information on using the keypad on your Intermec computer, see the computer user manual.

About the Soft Input Panels

Note: This section applies to all computers except the CV41 (running WES) and CV61. For more information, see Using the CK3 Keypads on page 170. While ITE is running, tap in the Toolbar. The SIP appears:

Tap

to toggle between showing and hiding the SIP.

Note: For computers using Windows Mobile, if the SIP is onscreen and you press a key on the physical keypad, the SIP closes and the ITE application goes to full screen. When the SIP is displayed, you can use it for entering characters or accessing options as follows: Tap G on the Shifted keypad to get to the ITE configuration menus. Tap S to toggle between the Default and Shifted keypads. Tap } to toggle between the Function Toggled and Default keypads. Tap _ to use uppercase keys with numbers. Tap _, then S to use lowercase keys with shifted characters. Tap } @ to enter Auto-Login Restart. Tap } = to toggle between Line Edit (block) mode and Character mode.

162

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Changing the SIP Key Color

Note: This feature is not supported by the CV41 (running WES) and CV61. Up to ten SIP keys can be changed to red, green, or blue. You can also change them back to the default gray. To change the color of a SIP key 1 Press and hold the left Shift key. The key color reverses. When the key color reverts to normal, release the key. 2 Press and hold the right Shift key. The key color reverses. When the key color reverts to normal, release the key. 3 Tap the key you want to change. The Select Key Color screen appears.

4 Tap the desired color. The SIP key changes to the selected color.

Creating Custom SIPs

Note: This feature is not supported by the CV41 (running WES) and CV61. You can create a custom SIP with the Intermec SIP Designer application. See its online help for instructions on installing the custom SIP to your computer. Contact your Intermec representative for more information. To switch SIPs Follow the procedure described in Configuring Options for Each Session on page 23.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

163

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

3270 Keypads
Default Keypad

Shifted Keypad

Function Toggled Keypad

Caps Locked Keypad

Caps Locked + Shifted Keypad

164

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

5250 Keypads
Default Keypad

Shifted Keypad

Function Toggled Keypad

Caps Locked Keypad

Caps Locked + Shifted Keypad

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

165

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

VT/ANSI Keypads
Default Keypad

Shifted Keypad

Function Toggled Keypad

Caps Locked Keypad

Caps Locked + Shifted Keypad

166

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

About the SIP Keys

This section describes how to use the SIPs when running ITE. The SIPs function the same way for all computers. Note: The key sequences described here begin with the Default keypad.

Cursor and Paging Keys

3270/5250 To Move Window/viewport up Window/viewport down Window/viewport right Window/viewport left Page up Page down Page right Page left Host cursor up Host cursor down Host cursor right Host cursor left Tap the SIP Keys VT/ANSI Tap the SIP Keys

}g }k }i }m }h }l }j }f
N/A N/A N/A N/A

}O }P }N }M }h }l }j }f }g }k }i }m

Alphanumeric and Symbol Keys

To Enter a through z A through Z 0 through 9 Symbols Tap the SIP Key a through z

Shift-A through Shift-Z

0 through 9 Symbol key, or Shift plus corresponding key.

Function and Auxiliary Keys

To Enter Back Tab Ctrl Forward Tab Caps Lock Return Tap the SIP Key

Shift - B.T. Ctrl (VT/ANSI only) Tab Cap Enter

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

167

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Function and Auxiliary Keys (continued)

To Enter Shift Space bar Clear PA1 PA2 PA3 F1 through F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 Tap the SIP Key

Shift Space } - Clear (3270) } - Clr (5250 only) } - PA1 (3270 only) } - PA2 (3270 only) } - PA3 (3270 only) } - F1 through } - F20 } - F21 (3270, 5250 only) } - F22 (3270, 5250 only) } - F23 (3270, 5250 only) } - F24 (3270, 5250 only)

Editing Keys
To Enter Erase Input Del Enter EOF Home Insert New Line (Return) Reset Find Insert here Next screen Prev screen Remove Select 3270 5250 VT/ANSI N/A

} - Clr

} - ErI

Shift - Del Shift - Del Shift - Del Enter Enter Enter

} - EOF } - Hm } - Ins
NewLine Reset
N/A

N/A

N/A N/A

} - Hm } - Ins
N.L. Res
N/A

} - Insert
N/A N/A

}
N/A N/A N/A N/A

}
N/A N/A N/A N/A

} - Find } - Insert } - NextSc } - PrevSc } - Remove } - Select

5250 Keys and Functions

To Enter Attn Help (from error state) Field Exit Tap the SIP Keys

} - Att } - Hlp *

168

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

5250 Keys and Functions (continued)

To Enter Sys Req (Not symbol) Dup (duplicate enabled fields only) FieldField+ Field Mark Hex Tap the SIP Keys

} - SR
Shift } - Dup

}, }Not supported
Hex

VT/ANSI Control Keys

To Enter SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI DLE Tap the SIP Keys To Enter DC1, X-ON DC2 DC3, X-OFF DC4 NAK SYN ETB CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US NUL DEL Tap the SIP Keys

Ctrl - A Ctrl - B Ctrl - C Ctrl - D Ctrl - E Ctrl - F Ctrl - G Ctrl - H Ctrl - I Ctrl - J Ctrl - K Ctrl - L Ctrl - M Ctrl - N Ctrl - O Ctrl - P

Ctrl - Q Ctrl - R Ctrl - S Ctrl - T Ctrl - U Ctrl - V Ctrl - W Ctrl - X Ctrl - Y Ctrl - Z
Esc

Ctrl - 1 Ctrl - 2 Ctrl - 3 Ctrl - 4 Ctrl - 5 Shift - BS

Additional Functions
To Enter Access TE configuration menus VT/ANSI Transmission Mode: Toggle between Line Edit (block) and Character mode Tap the SIP Keys

Shift - Mn

} - Mode

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

169

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using the CK3 Keypads

CK3 Alphabetic Keypad

CK3 Numeric Keypad

170

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK3R and CK3X Alphabetic Keypad

CK3R and CK3X Numeric Keypad

Special characters and functions printed above the keys are color-coded to correspond with the matching shift keys. CK3 Shift Keys
Shift Key [Orange] b [Green] c Function Press b plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in orange on the overlay. Press c plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in green on the overlay.

For more information on basic keypresses for the CK3, see: the CK3 Mobile Computer Users Manual. the CK3R and CK3X Mobile Computer User Manual.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

171

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK3 Function Keys

Function Back Tab Backspace Caps Lock Forward Tab Return Shift Space F1 through F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 Alphanumeric Keypad Numeric Keypad

cj { bB j
NA

cj { br j
NA

bA c{ through bE bF bG bH bI bJ bK bL bM bN bO bP bQ bR bS bT bU bV bW

bl c{ through c c c c c c c c c c c c

172

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK3 ITE Functions

Function Field Exit System Request Home Attention Reset Clear Roll Down Previous Screen Roll Up Next Screen Page Left Page Up Page Down Page Right Field + Field Alphanumeric Keypad Numeric Keypad

x cS cC cA c4 c6 c2 cG c8 cH cU cO cP cV b7 b1

x cx c. c0 c1 c2 c5 c7 c8 c9 cl cu cd cr bu bd

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

173

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using the CK70 Keypads

CK70 Large Alpha Keypad

CK70 Alphanumeric Keypad

Special characters and functions printed above the keys are color-coded to correspond with the matching shift keys. CK70 Shift Keys
Shift Key [Orange] b [Green] c Function Press b plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in orange on the overlay. Press c plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in green on the overlay.

For more information on basic keypresses, see the 70 Series Mobile Computer User Manual.

174

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK70 Characters and Functions

To Enter @ (at symbol) & (ampersand) * (asterisk) : (colon) ; (semicolon) , (comma) $ (dollar) ! (exclamation) - (hyphen or minus) % (percent) . (period) + (plus) # (pound) ? (question mark) (apostrophe) = (equals) _ (underscore) > (greater than) < (less than) [ (left square bracket) ] (right square bracket) { (left curly brace) } (right curly brace) ~ (tilde) \ (backslash) / (forward slash) (quotes) ( (left parenthesis) ) (right parenthesis) Insert Delete Sym (broken vertical bar) (grave) Forward Tab Large Alpha Keypad Alphanumeric Keypad N/A

bS bW bO bJ cJ bT cS cW cX cO . bX bQ cQ cT bY cY cN bN bV cV
N/A N/A N/A

bU b0 b2 b5 cX
N/A N/A

cs
N/A

cU bU
N/A

. bs c0 cY bY bS cX cV bV bT cT bU cU bW c8 b8 bZ
N/A N/A

bR cR bZ cZ bs
N/A N/A

b4 b6
N/A

cS cW j

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

175

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK70 Characters and Functions (continued)

To Enter Backspace Up Arrow Down Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow CapsLock Enter ok Shift Space Esc Alt Ctrl Send Call End Call Large Alpha Keypad Alphanumeric Keypad

{ u d l r yy e c? y s |
N/A

{ u d l r yy e c? y s |
Alt Ctrl

Ctrl

bA bC

c1 c3

176

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using the CK71 Keypads

Note: Although you can use ITE on both the CK70 and the CK71 computers, only the CK71 is available with an ITE keypad overlay.

CK71 ITE Numeric with Function Keys Keypad

CK71 ITE Alphanumeric Keypad

Special characters and functions printed above the keys are color-coded to correspond with the matching shift keys. CK71 Shift Keys
Shift Key [Orange] b [Green] c Function Press b plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in orange on the overlay. Press c plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in green on the overlay.

For more information on basic keypresses, see the 70 Series Mobile Computer User Manual.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

177

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK71 Characters and Functions

To Enter : (colon) ; (semicolon) , (comma) $ (dollar) ! (exclamation) - (hyphen or minus) . (period) + (plus) (apostrophe) = (equals) _ (underscore) > (greater than) < (less than) [ (left square bracket) ] (right square bracket) { (left curly brace) } (right curly brace) ~ (tilde) \ (backslash) / (forward slash) (quotes) Insert Delete (broken vertical bar) Numeric With Function Keys Keypad Alphanumeric Keypad

cs
N/A N/A

b8 b5 cX
N/A N/A

cS cW .
N/A N/A N/A

cN/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

c Alt c Ctrl
N/A

bl c4
N/A N/A

(grave)
Forward Tab Backspace Up Arrow Down Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow CapsLock Enter ok Shift

j { u d l r yy e cm y

cs . bs bY bS cX cV bV bT cT bU cU bW c2 b2 bZ b4 b6 cS cW j { u d l r yy e cm y

178

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK71 Characters and Functions (continued)

To Enter Space Esc Alt Ctrl Numeric With Function Keys Keypad Alphanumeric Keypad

s |
Alt Ctrl

s | b|
Ctrl

CK71 Function Keys

To Enter F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 Numeric With Function Keys Keypad Alphanumeric Keypad

c c c c c c c c c c c c

b b b b b bA bB bC bD bE bF bG bH bI bJ bK bL bM bN

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

179

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CK71 ITE Keys

To Enter Attention Autolog Clear Duplicate EEOF Erase Find Field + Field Fieldmark Help Hex Home Keypad Menu Mode New Line Next Screen PA1 PA2 PA3 Page Print Previous Screen Remove Reset Return Roll Down Roll Up System Request View View Down View Up Numeric With Function Keys Keypad Alphanumeric Keypad

c0
N/A

b6
N/A N/A N/A N/A

cx bx
N/A N/A N/A

c.
N/A N/A N/A N/A

c9 c1 c2 c3 cd
N/A

c7
N/A

c| ce c5 c8 br
N/A

cA c c6 cD c cE cF c1 c1 cG b3 cI cH cK cM cO cN b9 c c c cd cP c7 cR c| ce c5 c8 cQ bd
N/A N/A

bd bu

180

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using the CN3, CN3e, CN4, and CN4e Keypads

CN3 and CN4 QWERTY Keypad

CN3 and CN4 Numeric Keypad

CN3e and CN4e Numeric Phone-Style Keypad

CN3e and CN4e Alphanumeric Keypad

Special characters and functions printed above the keys are color-coded to correspond with the matching shift keys. CN3 and CN4 Shift Keys
Shift Key [Orange] b [Green] c Function Press b plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in orange on the overlay. Press c plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in green on the overlay.

Note: For 3270 and 5250 emulations, pressing | on the keypad also performs the Reset function. For more information on basic keypresses, see: CN3 Mobile Computer Users Manual for Windows Mobile 5.0. CN3 Mobile Computer Users Manual for Windows Mobile 6.1. CN4 Mobile Computer Users Manual.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

181

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CN3 and CN4 Special Keys

To Enter ^ (caret) @ (ampersand) & (and) * (asterisk) : (colon) , (comma) $ (dollar) (double quote) ! (exclamation) > (greater than) - (hyphen) ( (left parentheses) < (less than) % (percent) . (period) + (plus) # (pound) ? (question mark) ) (right parentheses) (single quote) _ (underscore) BackTab CapsLock Enter Application Softkey 2 ok Shift Application Softkey 1 Space Numeric Keypad N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A QWERTY Keypad N/A Alphabetic Keypad

]bR bA bH bD bM bT bB ]bS ]bJ ]. ]U ]bX ]bT ]bC . bO bF bG ]bZ bS ]bU bj b] e ) k ] ( s

bQ bS bC bD bX bE ]bZ ]b1 ]b. bG ]b9 ]bX bR . bT bV bA ]bg bZ ]bG bj b] e bO bP ] bW s

b*
N/A N/A N/A

. b#
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

bj c1 e b3 b| c b1 c0

182

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using the CN50 and CS40 Keypads

1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9
%

W
S
&

E D X

R F
/

+
T G V

Y H B
sym

U J N
0 8 5

O L

Esc

K M
9

Esc

Enter

Space

Enter

CN50 and CS40 Numeric Keypad

CN50 and CS40 QWERTY Keypad

Special characters and functions printed above the keys are color-coded to correspond with the matching shift keys. CN50 and CS40 Shift Keys
Shift Key [Orange] b [Green] c Function Press b plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in orange on the overlay. (Numeric keypad only) Press c plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in green on the overlay.

For more information on basic keypresses, see: CN50 Mobile Computer Users Manual. CS40 Mobile Computer Users Manual.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

183

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CN50 and CS40 Basic Keypresses

Function Forward Tab Back Tab Space Backspace Shift Caps Lock Up Arrow Down Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow ! @ # $ % & * + ok Start (Windows) ? : / = (apostrophe) , (comma) . (period) Esc Backlight QWERTY Keypad Numeric Keypad

i bi s { [ b[ u d b< b> bO bQ bV bE bR bS bC bT bP bG bW bA bD bF bL bZ bX . | f

i bi c0 { b or c c1 u d b< b>
N/A N/A

#
N/A N/A N/A

* b# c# b* c*
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

. | b.

184

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using the CN70 and CN70e Keypads

CN70 QWERTY Keypad

CN70 Numeric Keypad

CN70e Alphanumeric Keypad

CN70e Numeric Keypad

Special characters and functions printed above the keys are color-coded to correspond with the matching shift keys. CN70 Shift Keys
Shift Key [Orange] b [Green] c Function Press b plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in orange on the overlay. Press c plus a key to type a character or do an operation printed in green on the overlay.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

185

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

For more information on basic keypresses, see the 70 Series Mobile Computer Users Manual. CN70 Characters and Functions
To Enter @ (at symbol) & (ampersand) * (asterisk) : (colon) , (comma) $ (dollar) ! (exclamation) - (hyphen) % (percent) . (period) + (plus) # (pound) ? (question mark) (apostrophe) Forward Tab Backspace Up Arrow Down Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow CapsLock Enter ok Shift Space Esc Talk CN70 and CN70e Numeric Keypad N/A N/A CN70 QWERTY Keypad CN70e QWERTY Keypad

*
N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A

. b#
N/A N/A

j { u d l r c1 e b| b or c c0 | p

bQ bS bC bD bX bE bO bG bR . bT bV bA bZ j { u d l r yy e bP b or y s | p

bQ bU * bI , bE bO bR . bT bV bY bW j { u d l r yy e bP b or y s | p

186

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using the CV41 Keypad

For information on basic keypresses, see the CV41 Vehicle Mount Computer User Guide. CV41 Special Keys
To Enter : (colon) ; (semicolon) , (comma) $ (dollar) ! (exclamation) - (hyphen or minus) . (period) + (plus) Keypad

bD bF bJ bR bQ b5 . or b K b8

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

187

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CV41 Special Keys (continued)

To Enter (apostrophe) Keypad

bH = (equals) b2 _ (underscore) bM > (greater than) bV < (less than) bC [ (left square bracket) bB ] (right square bracket) b N { (left curly brace) bZ } (right curly brace) bX ~ (tilde) bs \ (backslash) bS / (forward slash) bA (quotes) bG Insert b4 Delete b6 (broken vertical bar) b{ (grave) b| Forward Tab j Backspace { Up Arrow u Down Arrow d Left Arrow l Right Arrow r CapsLock b] Enter e
ok Shift Space Esc Alt Ctrl Alt?

] s |
Alt Ctrl

188

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CV41 Function Keys

To Enter F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 Keypad

b b b b b b b b b b Alt- Alt- Alt- Alt-

CV41 ITE Keys

To Enter Attention Autolog Clear Duplicate EEOF Erase Find Field + Field Keypad Alt-A Alt-S Alt-6 Alt-D Alt-W Alt-E Alt-F

b1 Alt-1

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

189

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CV41 ITE Keys (continued)

To Enter Fieldmark Help Hex Home Keypad Menu Mode New Line Next Screen PA1 PA2 PA3 Page Up Page Down Page Left Page Right Print Previous Screen Remove Reset Return Roll Down Roll Up System Request View Down View Up Keypad Alt-G

b3 Alt-I Alt-H Alt-K Alt-M Alt-O Alt-N b9 Alt-T Alt-Y Alt-U Alt-u Alt-d Alt-l Alt-r Alt-P b7 Alt-R Alt-| Alt-e Alt-5 Alt-8 Alt-Q bd bu

190

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Using SIPs on the CV41 (Windows Embedded Standard) and CV61

For the CV41 running Windows Embedded Standard and the CV61, you use custom SIPs with ITE. SIP appearance and configuration is determined by XAML files. When ITE is installed to the default location, the files are located at C:\Program Files\Intermec\ite. Each XAML file sets the appearance of one possible SIP. XAML File Descriptions
File Name <emulation>key.xaml Controls This SIP Default keypad for that emulation. For example, 3270key.xaml sets the appearance of the default keypad for 3270 emulation. Function toggled keypad. Caps locked keypad. Shifted keypad.

<emulation>Fkey.xaml <emulation>KeyCaps.xaml <emulation>KeyShifted.xaml

<emulation>KeyShiftedCaps.xaml Caps locked and shifted keypad.

Customizing the SIPs

To customize a SIP for the CV41 or CV61, open the appropriate XAML file and make changes as needed. For keypress macros, see the next section, Macros for SIPs. For all keys, you need to specify one of two callback functions:
PressAndRelease: Use this callback function when you only want a keypress. PressAndHold: Use this callback function when you want to use a sticky key such as Shift or Ctrl.

To customize the way your SIP interacts with other ITE functions, such as setting the toolbar height, use the DWORD registry values in the next table. All values are found at HKLM\SOFTWARE\Intermec\TE2000. Registry Values for Custom SIPs
Registry Value KeyMode Description Sets the emulation type for the SIP. Values 1 = 3270 2 = 5250 3 = VT 0 = Not visible 1 = Visible Varies depending on number of rows and button sizes.

ShowSIPForITE Displays the SIP. ToolbarHeight Height of the toolbar in pixels.

IsFullScreen

Determines whether or not ITE is running in 0 = Not full screen full screen mode, which sets whether ITE uses 1 = Full screen screen coordinates or work area for placing the SIP onscreen.

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

191

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Registry Values for Custom SIPs (continued)

Registry Value ExitSIP Description Exits the SIP executable when ITE is being upgraded. If you do not exit the SIP executable at upgrade time, an EXE in use error message appears when you try to upgrade ITE. Values 0 = No exit (EXE in use error appears.) 1 = Exit (No SIP error message appears when upgrading.)

Note: Use ToolbarHeight and IsFullScreen to adjust the SIP position based on the ITE window and toolbar size. To replace the default SIP with your custom SIP, name your new SIP .exe itesip.exe and copy it to C:\program files\intermec\ite on the CV41 or CV61.

Changing the Size and Alignment of the CV41 or CV61 SIP

You can change the size and screen alignment of the SIP through Intermec Settings. To adjust the CV41 or CV61 SIP size and screen alignment 1 Open the Intermec Terminal Emulation main menu in Intermec Settings. For help, see To configure ITE directly on the computer on page 21. 2 Tap SIP Height or SIP Width and enter the new value: For SIP height, the range is 125 to the maximum height of the work area (in pixels). Default value is 125 (CV41) or 265 (CV61). For SIP width, the range is 400 to the maximum width of the work area (in pixels). Default value is 400 (CV41) or 1000 (CV61).

3 Tap OK. 4 Tap SIP Alignment and select Center (default), Left, or Right to change the position of the SIP along the bottom edge of the computer screen. 5 Tap OK.

192

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

Macros for SIPs

The macros you must use for ITE keypad input with these SIPs are listed next.
_0 _1 _2 _3 _4 _5 _6 _7 _8 _9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39,

0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47, 0x48, 0x49, 0x4A, 0x4B, 0x4C, 0x4D, 0x4E, 0x4F, 0x50, 0x51, 0x52, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57, 0x58, 0x59, 0x5A,

VK_SEMICOLON = 0xBA, VK_EQUAL = 0xBB, VK_COMMA = 0xBC, VK_HYPHEN = 0xBD, VK_PERIOD = 0xBE, VK_SLASH = 0xBF, VK_BACKQUOTE = 0xC0, VK_LBRACKET = 0xDB, VK_BACKSLASH = 0xDC,

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

193

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

VK_RBRACKET = 0xDD, VK_APOSTROPHE = 0xDE, VK_BACK = 0x08, VK_TAB = 0x09, VK_CAPITAL = 0x14, VK_RETURN = 0x0D, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_RESET = 0xE9, VK_SPACE = 0x20, VK_TOGGLE = 0xFF, VK_ITEMENU = 0xFE, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_NEWLN = 0x97, VK_CLEAR = 0x0C, VK_F1 = 0x70, VK_F2 = 0x71, VK_F3 = 0x72, VK_F4 = 0x73, VK_F5 = 0x74, VK_F6 = 0x75, VK_F7 = 0x76, VK_F8 = 0x77, VK_F9 = 0x78, VK_F10 = 0x79, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_F11 = 0xE8, VK_F12 = 0x7B, VK_F13 = 0x7C, VK_F14 = 0x7D, VK_F15 = 0x7E, VK_F16 = 0x7F, VK_F17 = 0x80, VK_F18 = 0x81, VK_F19 = 0x82, VK_F20 = 0x83, VK_F21 = 0x84, VK_F22 = 0x85, VK_F23 = 0x86, VK_F24 = 0x87, VK_PA1 = 0xFD, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_PA2 = 0xEC, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_PA3 = 0xED, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_CLR = 0xF5, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_PAGE_LEFT = 0x88, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_PAGE_RIGHT = 0x89, VK_UP = 0x26, VK_PRIOR = 0x21, VK_LEFT = 0x25, VK_HOME = 0x24, VK_RIGHT = 0x27, VK_NEXT = 0x22, VK_DOWN = 0x28, VK_EREOF = 0xF9,

194

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

VK_OEM_INTERMEC_AUTOLOGIN = 0xF3, VK_INSERT = 0x2D, VK_DELETE = 0x2E, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_HEX = 0xF1, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_FLD_EXIT = 0x95, VK_ATTN = 0xF6, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_ROLL_UP = 0xE6, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_ROLL_DOWN = 0xF2, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_SREQ = 0x92, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_ERASE = 0xE1, VK_PRINT = 0x2A, VK_HELP = 0x2F, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_FLD_PLUS = 0x93, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_FLD_MINUS = 0x94, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_DUP = 0x96, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_KEYPD = 0x07, VK_ESCAPE = 0x1B, VK_SELECT = 0x29, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_FIND = 0xEE, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_PRV_SC = 0xEA, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_NEXT_SC = 0xEB, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_MODE = 0xF0, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_VIEW_LEFT = 0x8A, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_VIEW_RIGHT = 0x8B, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_VIEW_UP = 0x8C, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_VIEW_DOWN = 0x8D, VK_OEM_INTERMEC_REMOVE = 0xEF

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

195

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

CV41 and CV61 SIPs

Note: These illustrations show the SIPs for the CV61. SIPs for the CV41 are identical but sized differently.

3270 Default SIP

3270 Shifted SIP

3270 Function Toggled SIP

3270 Caps Locked SIP

196

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

3270 Caps Locked + Shifted SIP

5250 Default SIP

5250 Shifted SIP

5250 Function Toggled SIP

5250 Caps Locked SIP

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

197

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

5250 Caps Locked + Shifted SIP

VT/ANSI Default SIP

VT/ANSI Shifted SIP

VT/ANSI Function Toggled SIP

VT/ANSI Caps Locked SIP

198

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

VT/ANSI Caps Locked + Shifted SIP

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

199

Appendix B Using the Computer Keypad

200

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

I
Index

201

Index

Numerics

3270 emulation, 10 3270 Use Color, 47 AID-generating keys, 11 alert sounds, 10 Allow Alias, 46 annunciators, 9 Any Auto Enter, 46 ASCII equivalents for EBCDIC, 126 BRT Auto Enter, 46 key codes, 123 Keybrd Unlock, 47 options, described, 46 Origin Set, 47 preinitializing, 117 SIP keypads, illustrated, 164 SNA keys, 10 3278 SNA Key bar codes, 149 3477-Fx Mode, 45 5250 emulation, 11 3477-Fx Mode, 45 AID-generating keys, 12 alert sounds, 10 Allow Alias, 44 Allow RTL, 45 annunciators, 9 ASCII equivalents for EBCDIC, 126 Beep on Error, 44 cursor keys, 13 Destructive BS, 44 Device Name, 44 EBCDIC to ASCII translation, 130 Field Exit key, 13 function keys, special, 11 functions, additional, 14 IBM terminals, emulated, 8 key codes, 124 Lock Error Msg, 45 options, described, 44 preinitializing, 118 roll keys, 12 Scan AutoEnter, 45 signal keys, 13 SIP keypads, illustrated, 165 Skip FldExit, 45 special control keys, 13 special host key, 14 system messages, 14 Use Color, 45

Ack Lower Bound setting, described, 60 Ack Upper Bound setting, described, 60 AID-Generating Key bar codes, 150 AID-generating keys 3270, 11 5250, 12 alert sounds, 10 Allow Alias 3270, 46 5250, 44 Allow LineMode, 47 Allow RTL, 45 annunciators, 8 3270, 9 5250, 9 VT/ANSI, 9 AnswerBack, 47 Any Auto Enter, 46 application, trusted button for toolbar, 71 enabling, 78 applications, locking down in SSH, 32 ASCII to EBCDIC values, listed, 144 Auto Enter Scan, overriding, 160 Auto Tab Scan, overriding, 160 Auto Wrap, 47 AutoDeploy, for SmartSystems, 20 auto-login, 82 commands, 82 control characters in script file, 84 disabling, 86 restart bar code, 149 restarting script, 89 sample script files, 87 script file, loading, 86 script files, 82 search strings, 84
B

bar code lengths, setting, 40 bar code scanning, 35 No ScanAhead, 64 postamble and preamble values, 156 bar codes for configuring ITE, 148 155 battery icon, for toolbar, 68 Battery Indicator icon, 68 Beep on Error, 44 bell tones, 10 BRT Auto Enter, 46 button order, for toolbar, 68 button size, for toolbar, 68

202

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Index

Cent symbol bar code, 153 certificates, for SSL authentication, installing, 31 cfglit.dat file, 116 Change Font Size button, for toolbar, 69 Character Edit mode icon, for toolbar, 71 Character mode annunciator, VT/ ANSI, 9 checking out licenses, 66 CK3 keypads, 170173 CK70 keypads, 174176 CK71 keypads, 177180 Client Authentication mode, for SSL, 29 CN3/CN4 keypads, 181182 CN50 keypads, 183184 CN70/CN70e keypads, 185186 Code Page, 51 COM port, setting for CV30, 79 communication settings direct, 25 Out of Range monitor, 63 Session Persistence Server, 34 SSL, configuring, 29 TCP/IP, 25 UDP Plus, configuring, 60 computer display options Menu Settings, 72 Screen Mode, 56 computers, supported, 2 Config.dat file, 89 configuring ITE, 21 auto-login, 82 bar code scanning options, 35 bar code symbology options, 38 bar codes, 148 computer, setting up, 3 display options, 51 ITCColor.dat, 128 keypad, remapping, 118 menu password, 66 network, setting up, 3 postamble, 156 preamble, 156 printer, setting, 59 protocol options, 42 remotely, 22 RFID reader, 79 setup file, custom, 89 with Intermec Settings, 21 Copy/Paste option, for display, 52 CR to CRLF, 47 critical.wav file, 10

CS40 keypads, 183184 Cursor Key bar codes, 148 Cursor Mode, 51 cursor style, setting, 51 custom setup file, 89 customizing ITE, 82 customizing text in ITE messages, 116 CV41 keypad, 187190 CV61 SIP keypads described, 191 illustrated, 196
D

default.wav, 10 DEL to BS, 48 demo mode, described, 2 Destructive BS, 44 Device Name 5250, 44 showing in toolbar, 71 direct connection, configuring, 25 DiscreteBells, 48 Display command, for auto-login script, 82 display options, 51 Code Page, 51 Copy/Paste, 52 Cursor Mode, 51 described, 53 Func Hotspot, 52 Ignore Bold, 51 Ignore CnrTaps, 52 Menu Hotspot, 52 No Lockdown, 65 Select Font, 52 URL Hotspots, 52 displayed characters, remapping, 126 128 Do GoldKey, 48 Do UTF8, 48 double-byte font support, 2 drop leading values, 41 drop trailing values, 41
E

EAN/UPC drop values, 41 EBCDIC to ASCII translation, 130 code pages, non-English, 131 values, listed, 145 emulations, described, 8 Encoded Code 39 keypresses, 157 error messages, for VoIP, 74 escape characters, 160 ethernet icons, for toolbar, 70 Exit button, for toolbar, 69 extended commands, 43

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

203

Index

Field Exit key bar code, 153 font, display, choosing, 52 Func Hotspot, 52 function keys, special, for 5250, 11
H

Hebrew mode annunciator, 9 Hebrew Mode icon, for toolbar, 69 Host icon, for toolbar, 69 HostName command, for auto-login script, 83
I

IBM computers, for 5250 emulation, 8 IBM-3278-2, for 3270 emulation, 8 Ignore Bold, 51 Ignore CnrTaps, 52 Ignore DL ext, 48 Input command, for auto-login script, 83 Input inhibit annunciator 3270, 9 5250, 9 VT/ANSI, 9 Input Inhibited icon, for toolbar, 69 InputHidden command, for autologin script, 83 Insert icon, for toolbar, 69 Insert mode annunciator 3270, 9 5250, 9 installing ITE, 4 Intermec contacting by phone, xi global services and support, xi product manuals, downloading, xii warranty information, xi web support, xi Intermec Browser button, for toolbar, 69 Intermec Settings, 21 accessing in Menu Settings, 72 directly on computer, 21 using remotely, 22 Intermec Terminal Emulator. see ITE IP address, showing in toolbar, 71 ITCColor.dat file, 128 ITE 3270 emulation, described, 10 5250 emulation, 11 annunciators, 8 applications, described, 8 auto-login, 82 bar code scanning options, 35

bar codes for configuration, 148 configuring settings, 21 customizing, 82 described, 2 double-byte font support, 2 installing, 4 keypad, remapping, 118 launching, 6 licensing, 2 network protocols, supported, 4 preinitializing, 116 preinstalled, ordering, 3 setup, custom, 89 SmartSystems, managing with, 20 SnapShot feature, 75 SSH programming, 33 toolbar, described, 6 voice over IP, 73 VT/ANSI emulation, 15
K

key codes 3270, 123 5250, 124 listed, for remapping, 121 VT/ANSI, 124 KeyAlive function, 34 KeyAlive timer, setting, 34 Keyboard command, for auto-login script, 84 Keyboard Status icon, for toolbar, 69 Keybrd Unlock, 47 Keypad Mode, 48 Keypad mode annunciator, VT/ ANSI, 9 Keypad Mode icon, for toolbar, 69 keypad, remapping, 118 3270 key codes, 123 5250 key codes, 124 by session, 121 key codes, listed, 121 macro, creating, 120 macros, nesting, 120 non-displayable characters, 125 one- or two-key sequences, 119 VT/ANSI key codes, 124 keypads CK3, 170173 CK70, 174176 CK71, 177180 CN3/CN4, 181182 CN50, 183184 CN70/CN70e, 185186 CS40, 183184 CV41, 187190

204

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Index

protocols, network, supported, 4

R

language, choosing, 51 launching ITE, 6 licenses, for ITE, 2 check-out and check-in, 66 demo mode, described, 2 Line Edit mode annunciator, VT/ ANSI, 9 Line Edit mode icon, for toolbar, 71 Local Echo, 48 Local Edit mode annunciator, VT/ ANSI, 9 Local Edit mode icon, for toolbar, 71 local edit mode, VT/ANSI, 17 Lock Error Msg, 45 Lock Mode, 48 lockdown mode, 73
M

Reader State icon, for toolbar, 70 remapping keypad, 118 Restart command, for auto-login script, 83 RFID connecting to reader, 79 Reader State icon, for toolbar, 70 Roll Down key, 12 Roll Up key, 12 RS232 Setup, 50 RSSI icons, for toolbar, 70 RTL mode annunciator, 9
S

macro, for keypad remapping, 120 Mail Waiting icon, for toolbar, 69 Max retries setting, described, 60 Menu Hotspot, 52 Menu Settings, 72 Menu Settings button, for toolbar, 69 menus, for configuration text, customizing, 116 Message waiting annunciator, 9
N

network protocols, supported, 4 No Lockdown, 65 No ScanAhead, 64 Not symbol bar code, 153
O

OOR, 63 Open SSH configuration file, 32 Origin Set, 47 Out of Range monitor, 63
P

Paging Key bar codes, 148 password, for ITE Menus, 66 Pause command, for auto-login script, 83 postamble, 156 preamble, 156 preinitializing ITE, 116 print modes, for VT/ANSI, 17 printer, setting, 59 printing from a VT/ANSI host, 17 product manuals, Intermec, xii PromptSessionStart command, for auto-login script, 83 protocol options, 42 extended commands, enabling, 43

safety information, xi Scan AutoEnter, 45 Screen Lock, 48 Screen Mode, 56 script files, for auto-login, 82 Select Font, 52 Send command, for auto-login script, 83 Send XON, 48 Server and Client Authentication mode, for SSL, 29 Server Authentication mode, for SSL, 29 Session icons, for toolbar, 70 Session Menu, in Menu Settings, 72 Session number annunciator 3270, 9 5250, 9 VT/ANSI, 9 Session Persistence Server described, 34 RTC over TCP, described, 4 UDP Plus, described, 4 setup file, custom, 89 Signal Indicator icons, for toolbar, 70 Signal Key bar codes, 153 SIP keypads 3270, 164 5250, 165 for CV41 and CV61, illustrated, 196 keys, described, 167 VT/ANSI, 166 SIP Select, in Menu Settings, 72 SIP Toggle button, for toolbar, 70 SIP Toggle, in Menu Settings, 72 SIPs, 162 Skip FldExit, 45

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

205

Index

SmartSystems Foundation, 20 AutoDeploy license, 20 console, illustrated, 20 Intermec Settings, accessing, 21 ITE, using to install, 4 license server, 3 licenses, checking in and out, 66 Session Persistence Server, 4 UDP Plus, 4 where to get, 20 SNA keys, for 3270 emulation, 10 SnapShot button, for toolbar, 70 SnapShot feature, 75 button for toolbar, 70 image settings, 77 network settings, 77 soft input panels (SIPs), 162 Special Control Key bar codes, 154 Special Function Key bar codes, 155 Special Host Key bar code, 154 SPS. See Session Persistence Server SSH applications, locking down, 32 KeyAlive function, 34 Open SSH configuration file, 32 programming hints, 33 servers, supported, 33 SSL certificates, installing, 31 configuring for, 29 Encryption mode, 29 formats, supported, 29 RFCs, supported, 29 string codes, for keypad remapping, 125 symbology options, 38 bar code lengths, setting, 40 drop values, described, 41 system messages, for 5250, 14
T

Tab Key bar codes, 149 TCP/IP, configuring for, 25 te_settings.ini file, 89 3270 protocol options, 100 5250 protocol options, 100 bar code options, generic, 96 bar code parameters, 95 camera parameters, 106 check in license, 107 Code 11 options, 99 Code 128 options, 99 Code 39 options, 98 configuration, 90

display options, 102, 104 EAN options, 98 generic protocol options, 99 imager parameters, 106 Interleaved 2 of 5 options, 99 key event, 107 LCD options, 104 main menu 2 options, 107 miscellaneous options, 103 non-session-specific parameters, 105 parameter formats, 90 parameters and qualifiers, 91 Plessey options, 99 session name, 107 set hot key, 107 setup parameters, 91 shift F13-F24, 107 symbology parameters, 95 toolbar options, 108 type-ahead, 107 UDP Plus options, 106 UPC options, 98 VT/ANSI protocol options, 101 Term ID icon, for toolbar, 71 Term IP icon, for toolbar, 71 Term Setup, 48 Terminal Id, 49 Terminal Mode, 48 terminating keys, 159 Time icon, for toolbar, 71 toolbar Battery Indicator, 68 button order, 68 button size, 68 configuring, 67 described, 6 Session icons, 70 Signal Indicator icons, 70 Toolbar Options in Menu Settings, 72 screen, illustrated, 67 Top-Row Function Key bar codes, 150 top-row function keys, for VT/ ANSI, 16 Transmission Mode icon, for toolbar, 71 transmission mode, VT/ANSI, 17 trusted application button for toolbar, 71 enabling, 78

206

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

Index

UDP Plus configuring, 60 settings, described, 60 UDP+ Port setting, described, 60 URL Hotspots, 52 Use Color, 45 Use Color, for 3270 emulation, 47 Use PC Char Set, 49 UserKey Locked, 49
V

voice over IP, 73 button for toolbar, 71 error messages, 74 VoIP, 71, 73 VT Cursor Mode, 49 VT/ANSI emulation, 15 alert sounds, 10 Allow LineMode, 47 annunciators, 9 AnswerBack, 47 ASCII equivalents for EBCDIC, 127 Auto Wrap, 47 auxiliary keys, 16 CR to CRLF, 47 cursor keys, 15 DEL to BS, 48 DiscreteBells, 48 Do GoldKey, 48 Do UTF8, 48 editing keypad, 15 editing keys, 15 function keys, top-row, 16 Ignore DL ext, 48 key codes, 124

Keypad Mode, 48 Local Echo, 48 local edit mode, 17 Lock Mode, 48 main keypad, 15 options, described, 47 preinitializing, 118 printing, 17 RS232 Setup, 50 Screen Lock, 48 Send XON, 48 serial scanning, 17 SIP keypads, illustrated, 166 Term Setup, 48 Terminal Id, 49 Terminal Mode, 48 terminals, emulated, 8 transmission mode, 17 Use PC Char Set, 49 UserKey Locked, 49 VT Cursor Mode, 49 VT220 Mode, 49 VT220 mode, 49 VT220/320 Editing Key bar codes, 155
W

WaitFor command, for auto-login script, 83 warranty information, xi WD Rcv Timeout, described, 60 WD Send Timeout, described, 60 website, Intermec, xi Wireless Printing, in Menu Settings, 72 Wireless Scanning, in Menu Settings, 72 www.intermec.com, xi

Intermec Terminal Emulator (ITE) User Guide

207

Worldwide Headquarters 6001 36th Avenue West Everett, Washington 98203 U.S.A. tel 425.348.2600 fax 425.355.9551 www.intermec.com 2013 Intermec Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved.

Intermec Terminal Emulation (ITE) User Guide

*934-049-006*
P/N 934-049-006